NDA-24298 ISSUE 1 STOCK # 200779 ® Office Data Specification OCTOBER, 2000 NEC America, Inc.
LIABILITY DISCLAIMER The information contained in this document is specific to Dterm Series E only. Throughout this document, references to “Console” or “Attendant Console” imply a Hotel Console. Most features described in this manual require a Hotel Console. However, some features (including A-57, A-73, I-23, P-34, and V-16) can also be performed using a Business Console. Minimum firmware may be required. Contact NEC Engineering for additional information. NEC America, Inc.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No.
NDA-24298 ISSUE 1 OCTOBER, 2000 NEAX2400 IPX Office Data Specification TABLE OF CONTENTS List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Command List in Alphanumeric Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Page CHAPTER 4 BUSINESS SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS AND DATA SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATIMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASYD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Page AISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Page AHLSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADA1_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Page AUOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUOGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUOGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUAD . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Page AARSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALPE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Page APLNN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LIST OF FIGURES Figure Title Figure 2-1 Figure 2-2 Figure 2-3 Figure 2-4 Figure 2-5 Figure 2-6 Figure 2-7 Figure 2-8 Figure 2-9 Figure 2-10 Figure 2-11 Figure 2-12 Figure 2-13 Figure 2-14 Figure 2-15 Figure 2-16 Figure 2-17 Figure 2-18 Figure 2-19 Figure 2-20 Figure 2-21 Figure 2-22 Figure 3-1 Figure 3-2 Figure 3-3 Figure 3-4 Figure 3-5 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 4-5 Figure 4-6 Figure 4-7 Figure 4-8 Figure 4-9 Figure 4-10 Figure 4-11 Figure 4-12 Figure 4-13 Figure 4-14 Figure 4-15
LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED) Figure Title Page Figure 4-18 Figure 4-19 Figure 4-20 Figure 4-21 Figure 4-22 Figure 4-23 Figure 4-24 Figure 4-25 Figure 4-26 Figure 4-27 Figure 4-28 Figure 4-29 Figure 4-30 Figure 4-31 Figure 4-32 Figure 4-33 Group Number of LENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATRK for DTI (T1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LIST OF TABLES Table Title Table 2-1 Table 2-2 Table 2-3 Table 3-1 Table 3-2 Table 4-1 Table 4-2 Table 4-3 Table 4-4 Table 4-5 Table 4-6 Table 4-7 Table 4-8 Table 4-9 Table 4-10 Table 4-11 Table 4-12 Table 4-13 Table 4-14 Table 4-15 Table 4-16 Table 4-17 Table 4-18 Table 4-19 Table 4-20 Table 4-21 Table 4-22 Table 4-23 Table 4-24 Table 4-25 Table 4-26 Table 4-27 Table 4-28 Table 4-29 Table 4-30 Table 4-31 PC Requirements to Run IPX MAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER COMMAND NAME FULL COMMAND NAME PAGE AABD Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data 408 AADC Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data 321 AADCL Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM 323 AADCN Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM 325 Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data 615 AAEDL Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM 618 AAEDN Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM 621
BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED) COMMAND NAME ACNDN FULL COMMAND NAME PAGE Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM 817 Assignment of Calling Number Pattern Data 811 Assignment of Calling Number Pattern Data for NDM 813 Assignment of Central Office Code 602 Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number 604 Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data 711 ACPEL Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for LDM 713 ACPEN Assignment of Call Pickup Expand G
BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED) COMMAND NAME FULL COMMAND NAME PAGE AEFR Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction 392 AEKD Assignment of External Key Data 772 Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM 982 AETH Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM 878 AEVT Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS 845 Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM 978 AFCD Assignment of Fixed Connection (Nailed-Down Connection) Data
BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED) COMMAND NAME FULL COMMAND NAME PAGE AISPN Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern for NDM 356 AITD Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data 851 Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number 853 Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data 493 AIZPN Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM 495 AKYD Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 437 ALDN Assignment of Listed Directory Number 345 ALDNN Assignment of Listed Directory Number for N
BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED) COMMAND NAME FULL COMMAND NAME PAGE AOSPL Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM 291 AOSPN Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM 293 APAD Assignment of PAD Data 611 Assignment of PAD Data for NDM 613 APCR Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data 390 APHN Assignment of Phantom Station Number 420 APHNL Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM 423 APHNN Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM 425
BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED) COMMAND NAME FULL COMMAND NAME PAGE ASDT Assignment of Station Data 410 ASFC Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class 395 ASGD Assignment of Special Group Data 727 Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number 729 Assignment of Station Hunting – Circular 665 ASHCL Assignment of Station Hunting – Circular for LDM 668 ASHCN Assignment of Station Hunting – Circular for NDM 670 Assignment of Station Hunting – Pilot 659
BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED) COMMAND NAME FULL COMMAND NAME PAGE ATDPL Assignment of Toll Code Restriction for LDM 376 ATDPN Assignment of Toll Code Restriction for NDM 379 Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp 594 Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp for LDM 596 Assignment of Date and Time 57 ATIMN Assignment of Date and Time for NDM 58 ATNR Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data 405 ATRK Assignment of Trunk Data 570 ATSTN Assignment of Telephone Number
This page is for your notes.
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1. General This manual describes how to operate the Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT) and plan the office data. It also contains descriptions of the parameters for the NEAX2400 IPX. 2. How to Follow This Manual The contents of this manual are: • CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter explains how to use this manual. • CHAPTER 2 ASSIGNMENT This chapter explains the system configuration and system specifications required to install and run the MAT.
This page is for your notes.
CHAPTER 2 ASSIGNMENT 1. General This chapter describes the information needed to install and operate the Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT) software. The IPX MAT software has the following functions: • Allows user-friendly Graphical User Interface (GUI) with Microsoft Windows 95/NT. • Provides both an Ethernet interface and a RS232C interface.
ASSIGNMENT Table 2-1 PC Requirements to Run IPX MAT (Continued) Modem Any OS supported device; Required when IPX MAT is used for remote dialup access CD-ROM Drive Any OS supported device Network Any 10 BASE-T Network Interface Card when IPX MAT is connected across TCP/IP Communication Port COM1-COM4 when IPX MAT is connected across serial RS-232C port. Mouse Any Microsoft compatible mouse.
ASSIGNMENT 2.3 Serial/Dialup Connection to IPX TRK TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK LC FUSION LINK MODEM MODEM IOC IPX IPX IPX MAT PRINTER IPX MAT 68PH S 2 PORTS CA - A NEAX2400 TTY CABLE 3 Figure 2-2 Serial/Dialup Connection to IPX The IPX MAT software provides an advanced communication software for IPX. IPX is maintained via the LAN, WAN, or TCP/IP network on which it is running. Figure 2-3 shows the simple configuration of the TCP/IP connection.
ASSIGNMENT Figure 2-4 shows the configuration of the PBX and IPX MAT when connecting to an existing LAN. In most cases you should use a network device such as a HUB or bridge to provide isolation from excessive network traffic.
ASSIGNMENT 3. TCP/IP Considerations The IPX MAT can communicate with the IPX via an Ethernet TCP/IP connection. In order for the IPX MAT to communicate via TCP/IP, the PC must have its network software, including the TCP/IP drivers, installed and in operation prior to installing the IPX MAT software. If the PC does not have the network software installed and configured, a message indicating that the WINSOCK 2 setup has failed displays during the IPX MAT installation.
ASSIGNMENT 4. Installing IPX MAT Software The following provides step-by-step instructions for installing the IPX MAT software for Windows 95/NT onto your hard disk. 1. Terminate all applications, prior to starting the installation process. 2. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. (The IPX MAT installation program starts automatically.) 3. Enter your name and your company name on the User Information dialog box. Then, click Next.
ASSIGNMENT 4. Click Next on the Choose Destination Location dialog box to install the IPX MAT software in the default directory. Note: If you wish to install the software in another directory, you can click Browse to display a dialog box that allows you to select or create another directory. IPXMAT Figure 2-7 Choose Location Destination Screen 5. The dialog box, shown in Figure 2-8 (information on WINSOCK setup), appears. Click OK.
ASSIGNMENT 6. File copy starts automatically, while the displayed dialog boxes (See Figure 2-9) show the on-going situation.
ASSIGNMENT 7. If the Setup Complete dialog box appears on the screen, the file copies have finished successfully. Click Finish to complete the IPX MAT software installation and restart your computer. Note: You should always reboot your PC after installing the IPX MAT software. Any change made during the installation process does not take effect until the computer has been rebooted.
ASSIGNMENT 8. Note: Review the settings you have chosen, and then click Next. The Winsock2 Setup message box displays. If you are installing IPX MAT on an NT 4.0 workstation, the Winsock2 Setup message box does not display. NT 4.0 does not require Winsock2 in order to run. Figure 2-11 IPX MAT Installing Winsock2 Message Box 9. After Winsock2 is installed, the Winsock2 Setup dialog box displays. This is an informational message only.
ASSIGNMENT 10. Click OK. The DAO Welcome Screen displays. NEAX2400IPX NEAX2400IPX Figure 2-13 DAO Welcome Screen 11. Click Next. The Select Components dialog box displays.
ASSIGNMENT 12. Uncheck the ODBCDirect box and click Next. The Select Components dialog box displays. Note: If you do not uncheck the ODBCDirect box, error messages display once the DAO Setup program completes. IPX MAT will run properly even though these messages display. Figure 2-15 Select Components Screen 13. Click Next. The DAO Setup Screen displays.
ASSIGNMENT 14. After the DAO files are installed, the DAO Information message box displays. Click OK. The IPX MAT Installation screen displays. Figure 2-17 DAO Information Message 15. To run the IPX MAT software, click the IPX MAT icon on the desktop or select it from the Start/Program menu. The IPX MAT menu displays as shown in Figure 2-18.
ASSIGNMENT 16. To configure the PBX Alias, use the instructions in Section 6.2, TCP/IP Connection. Note: Once you have configured the IPX MAT, you can use the Run Command line to enter task commands, or you can select the command from the Command Folders. You can also perform IPX MAT tasks using either the menu items, or the icons equivalent to the menu items.
ASSIGNMENT 5. IPX MAT Commands The IPX MAT’s operation is very similar to that of the NEAX2400 MS-DOS MAT, so you will find that many of the key stroke operations have been carried over into IPX MAT. In addition, some standard MS Windows operations and key strokes are used. Use the following keys, or in some instances the mouse, to select or enter data.
ASSIGNMENT Table 2-3 PBX Administration Default Values PBX Alias NEAX-IPX Connection Type Serial/Direct FPC 1 Connect 120000 Response Timeout 120000 Pacing Timer 10000 Link Data Log Path blank COM Port COM 1 Baud Rate 4800 Ignore CTR blank Ignore DSR blank Modem Name blank Phone Number blank Host Name blank IP Address 172.16.253.0 TCP Port 60000 Inter-App Resource blank 6.
ASSIGNMENT 1. From the PBX menu, select Configuration to open the PBX Administration dialog box. Figure 2-20 PBX Administration 2. Enter a name for the PBX Alias in the PBX Alias box. Note: You can also define a PBX Alias by selecting the default NEXT-IPX or by modifying any other previously defined Alias from the list in the PBX Alias box. If you select a PBX Alias from the list, its related information displays in the additional fields on this dialog box.
ASSIGNMENT 12. Leave the IP Port text box blank. 13. Leave the Inter-App Resource text box blank. 14. Click Add to write the data. 15. Click Close. Note: The PBX Administration dialog box changes adapting to EX-FCCS Network. Enter the Fusion Group Number (FUG) which the PBX to be logged-in belongs. “Connection Timeout”, “Response Timeout”, and “Pacing Timer” text box is not provided. Others are the same as previous one. The PBX dialog box is as shown below.
ASSIGNMENT Note: If your IPX is to reside on your existing LAN, you will need to obtain an available IP address from your System Administrator before you configure the PBX Alias. 6.2.1 Note: Modifying or Adding a PBX Alias The PBX Alias cannot have spaces in its name. The following steps explain how to create a PBX Alias in IPX MAT. 1. From the PBX menu, select Configuration to open the PBX Administration dialog box. 2. Enter a name for the PBX Alias in the PBX Alias box.
ASSIGNMENT 6.2.3 Starting the PBX System Before you can log in to the PBX with your IPX MAT, you must start the PBX system. To start the PBX system, please see the NEAX2400 IPX Installation Manual. If you start up the system when the PBX is in DM Clear Restart mode, (the SENSE Switch is set to the default value “1”), you must verify that the IPX MAT baud rate is set to 4800 to ensure that the system runs properly. 6.2.
ASSIGNMENT 6.2.5 Assigning System Data This section explains how to assign the IP Address and the SubNet Mask using the default IP Address 172.16.253.0 and the default SubNet Mask 00.00.00.00. Both fields must be entered using their hexadecimal equivalents. Note: You may find it convenient to use the Calculator in the Windows Accessories to find the hexadecimal equivalent of the IP Address and the SubNet Mask. To convert from decimal to hexadecimal: 1. Select Calculator from the Accessories menu. 2.
ASSIGNMENT 16. Type 516 in the INDEX text box and press Enter. 17. Type 10 (hexadecimal equivalent of 16) in the DATA text box and press Enter. 18. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter. 19. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter. 20. Type 517 in the INDEX text box and press Enter. 21. Type FD (hexadecimal equivalent of 253) in the DATA text box and press Enter. 22. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter. 23. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter. 24.
ASSIGNMENT 6.2.6 IPX MAT File Operations The IPX MAT creates three types of files; Command Log files, Office Data Backup files, and List-up Command Report data tables. Command Log files and List-up Command Report data tables are the only files a user needs to view. The Office Data Backup files are used strictly for saving and storing the PBX Office Data. 6.2.6.1 Office Data Backup It is always a good idea to routinely backup the data from the IPX memory to its internal hard disk.
ASSIGNMENT 6.2.6.2 MEM_HDD The following steps explain how to perform the backup and restore of PBX data to the PBX hard drive. 1. Enter MEM_HDD in the Run Command field on the IPX MAT main menu. 2. Press Enter. 3. The Backup and Restore dialog box displays. 4. Select Memory to Hard Disk in the Direction Select list. 5. Select Data Memory in the Data Type Selection list. 6. Select Auto Verify if you want to verify the data. This is an optional step. 7. Click Start.
ASSIGNMENT 6.2.6.4 List-up Command Report Data Tables These data files are tables assembled into an MS-Access Database format. The List-up commands create the database and tables, populating them based on the information specified by the user. After the database and tables are created, the report that automatically finds the correct data table and presents the stored data in a format suitable for viewing is launched.
ASSIGNMENT 6.2.6.7 Printing the Log Data File To print the log data file: 1. Display the log file in the FileViewer window. 2. Select Print from the File menu. 6.2.6.8 Copying Data from the Log File To copy data from the log file: 1. Display the log file in the FileViewer window. 2. Highlight the data you want to copy. 3. Select Copy from the Edit menu. 6.2.6.9 Pasting Log File Data To paste log file data into another text editing tool: 1. Open the text editing tool you want to paste the data into. 2.
ASSIGNMENT 1. Local Node/Stand Alone System Base ATIM ASYD ASYDL AUNT AIOC ASTD AOFC Sys1 Index 512 - 1535 Sys1 Index 0 - 511 , Sys2 Index 0 - 15 & Sys3 Index 0 - 31 STN Numbering Plan ANPD ANPDL ASPA ASPAL SRV SRV Service / Network SSC Operator Call / OGQ / Priority Call OGC(A)/LCR(S) Outgoing Call TELN Timing Start is available Network Numbering Station Number SSC/SSCA, etc.
ASSIGNMENT Station Number ASDT For Station: (Physical STA No.) ASTN APHN APHNL ANDD ASCL For Telephone Number: ALGSL For Dterm SeriesE: AKYD For Service: Trunk (Calling available in the self node only) AFDD ADSL ADKS AICD ADIM AIZP Service See For Hot Line: AHLS ASPD For Data: ADA2 AFCD Internal Trunk : ATRK MBTK ORT / IRT / SND / CFT: ATRK MBTK ATT External Trunk ADRTL ARTD ATRK MBTK Station: ATGL ACOC TIE LINE : APAD DAT : AAED AAEDL CCIS No.
ASSIGNMENT 2.
ASSIGNMENT Station Number ASDT For Station: ASTN APHN APHNL APHNN ANDD ASCL For Telephone Number: (Physical STA No.) ALGSN AKYD For Dterm SeriesE: For Service: Trunk (Available in the self node only) ALGSL See ATSTN AFDD ADSL ADKS AICD ADIM AIZP AHLS ASPD For Data: ADA2 AFCD : ATRK MBTK ORT / IRT / SND / CFT: ATRK MBTK ATT ARTD External Trunk ADRTN Service For Hot Line: Internal Trunk (Available in all nodes of the Fusion network.
CHAPTER 3 OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET Office data design sheets are used to design the configuration and specification of IPX. 1. Trunking Diagram The Trunking diagram shows the system configuration and the number of lines. 2. Bay Face Layout The Bay Face layout shows the circuit card mounting slots. 3. Port Location Table A Port Location table denotes the Line/Trunk circuit cards located in each Universal Slot of PIM. 4.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PFT MDF SUBSCRIBER TSW DLC/ELC Dterm W/O DATA ADAPTER Dterm WITH DATA ADAPTER FROM/TO CENTRAL OFFICE MUX LC DLC DTL BWT COT DOD COT DIT COT DID DID EMT DID FROM/TO TIE LINE TLT DTI RST MFCT DTI CCH MODEM FROM/TO CCIS LINE CCH FROM/TO ISDN LINE (PRI) ATT/DESK CONSOLE DTI (PRI) DCH ATI RGU HWU CPR LTST OSC/PLO IOC 1 PRINTER MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATION TERMINAL (MAT) HUB TO MAT Note: Table 3-1 identifies the function name of each circuit card.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET Table 3-1 identifies the function name of each circuit card used for the system.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36 (MUX) PH-PC36 (MUX) PA-PW54-A (PWR1) PA-PW55-A (PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36 (MUX) PH-PC36 (MUX) PA-PW54-A (PWR1) PA-PW55-A (PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36 (MUX) PH-PC36 (MUX) PA-PW54-A (PWR1) PA-PW55-A (PWR0) PIM1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 4-IMG SYSTEM B S C M IMG0 PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM TSWM Dummy Dummy IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 4-IMG SYSTEM B S C M IMG1 PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM TSWM Dummy Dummy IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 4-IMG SYSTEM B S C M IMG2 PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM TSWM Dummy Dummy IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 4-IMG SYSTEM B S C M IMG3 PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM TSWM Dummy Dummy IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM LPM TSWM0 TSWM1 Dummy ISW IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM LANI(PZ-PC19) LANI(PZ-PC19) HSW11 HSW11 (PU-SW01)(RES) (PU-SW01)(RES) ISAGT(PZ-GT13) LANI(PZ-PC19) LANI(PZ-PC19) PWR(PZ-PW106) LANI(PZ-PC19) LANI(PZ-PC19) ISAGT(PZ-GT13) TSW12 TSW12 (PU-SW00) (PU-SW00) TSW13 TSW13 (PU-SW00) (PU-SW00) HSW10 HSW10 (PU-SW01) (PU-SW01) PWR(PZ-PW106) TSW11 TSW11 (PU-SW00) (PU-SW00) LANI(PZ-PC19) LANI(PZ-PC19) LANI(PZ-PC19) LAN
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PIM PIM P IM PIM PIM PIM P IM PIM PIM PIM P IM PIM ISW M PIM PIM P IM PIM LPM LPM TS W M 0 TSW M 1 Dum m y ISW IM G 0 IM G 1 IM G 2 IM G 3 IPX-U SYSTEM IM G 0 LN ´4 (0~3) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36 (M UX) PH-PC36 (M UX) P A-PW 54-A (PW R1) PA-PW 55-A (PW R0) P IM 3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36 (M UX) PH-PC36 (M UX) PA-PW 54-A (PW R1) PA -PW 5
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM ISWM PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM LPM TSWM0 TSWM1 Dummy ISW IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 IPX-U SYSTEM IMG1 LN 4 ´ (0~3) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36 (MUX) PH-PC36 (MUX) PA-PW54-A (PWR1) PA-PW55-A (PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36 (MUX) PH-PC36 (MUX) PA-PW54-A (PWR1) PA-PW55-A (PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM ISWM PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM LPM TSWM0 TSWM1 Dummy ISW IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 IPX-U SYSTEM IMG2 LN 4 ´ (0~3) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM PIM ISWM PIM PIM PIM PIM LPM LPM TSWM0 TSWM1 Dummy ISW IMG0 IMG1 IMG2 IMG3 IPX-U SYSTEM IMG3 LN 4 ´ (0~3) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH-PC36(MUX) PH-PC36(MUX) PA-PW54-A(PWR1) PA-PW55-A(PWR0) PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PIM SLOT C A R D 7 Destination 6 Access Code CIC for CCIS/DC for C.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET PIM MG = 00 , U = 0 SLOT C A R D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LV G 01 03 05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LV G Figure 3-5 Port Location Table (2/2) NDA-24298 CHAPTER 3 Page 47 Issue 1
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 6.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 1.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET Table 3-2 Service Feature Restriction Class (Continued) RESTRICTION CLASS 0 1 2 3 4 SERVICE FEATURE NAME Line Load Control Meet-Me Paging Message Reminder (Dterm) Message Waiting Lamp Setting from ATTCON or Station (Called Party) Message Waiting Lamp Setting from Station (Calling Party) Off-Hook Alarm Off-Hook Queuing OG Queuing Override OG Trunk Queuing OG Trunk Queuing-Deluxe Periodic Time Indication Time Priority Call 1 Priority Call 2 Priority Call 3 Priority Paging Ra
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 2. Trunk Restriction Class Table DESTINATION [ACCESS NUMBER] RT No. No.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 3. Tenant Restriction Table Incoming Connection to Night Attendant Console Station-to-Station Call (TMTN) (OGTN) (TMTN) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 (OGTN) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Assignment of C.F.-All Calls from a Station Assignment of C.F.
OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET Incoming Connection to Attendant Console Connection of Incoming Trunk Call to Station (TMTN) (OGTN) (TMTN) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 (OGTN) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Day and Night Mode Change (TMTN) (OGTN) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 NDA-24298 CHAPTER 3 Page 53 Issue 1
This page is for your notes.
CHAPTER 4 BUSINESS SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS AND DATA SHEETS This chapter explains the parameters for the Business System commands of the NEAX2400 IPX. A data sheet is provided for each command. The commands are listed in standard programming order as illustrated in the Data Assignment Flow Chart. If you know a command name, and you want quick access to the command’s description, you can refer to the Business Command List in Alphanumeric Order to find the page on which the command is described.
BUSINESS SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS AND DATA SHEETS Command name AFDD The assigned data dump into the designated file by the list up command shown here. Command name (full name) List Up: LFDD AFDD: Assignment of Function Display Data 1. GENERAL The purpose of the command and its service features are explained here. This command is used to assign the characters of software key indication on a D term Series E.
ATIM : Assignment of Date and Time ATIM: Assignment of Date and Time 1. General This command sets the clock information for the system. Clock information is executed when Y is entered in the WRT? field and the Enter key pressed. 2. Precautions 1. The clock is assigned in military time. 2.
ATIMN : Assignment of Date and Time for NDM ATIMN: Assignment of Date and Time for NDM 1. General This command sets the clock information for all systems within the Fusion network. The time data assigned by this command is adjusted according to each LN’s time difference data assigned by the ATDF command, before updating the NDM at each LN. The completion of time data assignment for each LN is displayed on theMAT. 2. Precautions 1.
ATIMN : Assignment of Date and Time for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions DAY Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 31. YEAR Enter the 4 digits of the year. (For example: 1999 or 2000) MINUTE Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60. DATE YEAR MONTH TIME DAY HOUR MINUTE SECOND SECOND Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60. MONTH Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 12. HOUR Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 24.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data ASYD: Assignment of System Data 1. General The ASYD/ASYDL command assigns the system data for the following node: • Local Node (L/N)/Network Control Node (NCN) of the Fusion network. • Stand-alone PBX 2. Precautions 1. The ASYD command contains the following indexes: SYS 1, INDEX 0-511 SYS 2, INDEX 0-15 SYS 3, INDEX 0-31 2. The ASYDL command contains the following indexes: SYS 1, INDEX 512-1535 SYS 2, INDEX 16-79 (Not used) 3.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data 3.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data 4. Data Sheet SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Number of Module Group (MG) IPX = 01~08 (MG00~07) 0 (For IPX-UMG System) 01 Hex~20 Hex (MG00~MG32) 1 1 2 01 Number of Main Processor (fixed to “01”) 0/1 = Built-in ACDP is not provided/provided. Also number of memory package.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Control of ORT all Busy Status b0 0/1 = ROT/Queue Recalling method when the caller has released with Emergency Call service 0/1 = SHF or Depressing Ground Button/Unconditional Recalling b1 Note: b2 The operation procedure for recall is different depending on the Dterm Series III or Dterm Series E.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Access Code for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F. – Don’t Answer Services b0 0/1 = Same/Separate Note: b1 b2 If “0” is assigned, assign either SID: 10 or 12 in command ASPA.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYS1, INDEX 6, b4 ~ b6: Note: Can change the key Function using the AAKP command. 1.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data Pattern 4 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=1) LDN TIE Busy ADM NANS Recall TF FX PAGE REC EMG HP DND GST OT ICPT WATS CCSA Start Mute (b) Add-on Console Key pattern TRKSL SC FRL CP RCS MWS Check In AUD RCR MWR Check out STS DND Override CAS BV WUS DDS WUR DDR 3.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Restriction in the number of outside parties who can participate in the Station Controlled Conference.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) 10 11 1 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 00 00 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 b0 b1 b2 12 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b3 b4 b5 Not used Not used Not used Not used Authorization Code Check Sum-1 b4 = Check Sum of Digit 0 b3 = Check Sum of Digi
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 13 Authorization Code Check Sum-2 = = = = = Check Sum of Digit 0 Check Sum of Digit 1 Check Sum of Digit 2 Check Sum of Digit 3 Check Sum of Digit 4 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b6 0/1 = No Check Sum/Check Sum b3 b4 b7 14 1 b0 Authorization Code Check Code-1 (0~9 Hex.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 1-digit Station Number b0 0/1 = Out/In Service 2-digit Station Number b1 0/1 = Out/In Service 3-digit Station Number b2 16 0/1 = Out/In Service 4-digit Station Number b3 0/1 = Out/In Service 5-digit Station Number b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 b0 1 0/1 = Out/In Service Not used This bit (data “1”) allows single line stations
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 Not used b4 b5 18 Day/Night change of Satellite Office (for CCIS) b6 0/1 = Out/In Service Day/Night change is executed by the Main Office (for CCIS) Note: 1 b7 If Day/Night change is executed at the Main Office when INDEX b6 = 1 of the Main Office and b7 = 1 of the Satellite Office, Day/Night change is executed
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 Not used b4 b5 1 20 b6 Billing Party for a call transferred by Call Forwarding – Outside Service Note b7 0 = The Billing Party is the originator of the transferred call. 1 = The Billing Party is the station that has set Call Forwarding – Outside service.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 21 00 Not used 22 00 Not used 23 00 Not used 24 00 Not used 25 00 Not used 26 00 Not used 1 27 DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used Immediate Ring Back Tone Sending: 0/1 = Not Required/Required b0 b1 1 b2 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) b3 (00~1F Hex) (When this data is 00
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 Message Center Interface Output Designation b1 “1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port Number of the IOC Circuit Card.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 b3 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Telephone Subject to Total Billing (when b6 = 1) b4 b3 0 0 = Telephone that called first 0 1 = Telephone that called last. b4 1 33 1 0 = First telephone after the call has been handled by ATT. 1 1 = Last telephone after the call has been handled by ATT.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT SMDR RS-232 C Output b0 b1 0/1 = Out/In Service RS-232C Output Code (SMDR) (When b0 = 1: SMDR) b2 b1 0 0 1 1 b2 1 b3 34 b4 0 1 0 1 = = = = No Parity (If parity bit 7 is 0) Not used Not used Not used Number of RS-232C stop bits b4 b3 b4 b3 0 0 1 0 = 1 + 1/2 bits 1 1 = 2 bits 0 = – 1 = 1 bit The converted number is se
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 35 b4 Not used b5 b6 b7 36 00 Not used 37 00 Not used b0 b1 b2 1 38 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 39 b4 b5 b6 b7 Stand-Alone Fault Printer Accommodation Designation “1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port Number of the IOC circuit card.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0~b4 Not used SMDR Buffer Overflow Alarm 40 b5 00 0/1 = Fault @ 80%, Clear @ 50%/Use Indexes 249 and 250. b6 Not used b7 Not used OG Queuing Override – DDD Seizing Timer Timer Counter (TC) is to be assigned a value from 01 Hex to 7F Hex. b0~b6 41 Timer Value Setting is (TC) × 30 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 For Remote Access to System, is Forced Account (F/A) Code Dialing required upon receiving RBT? 0/1 = Required/Not Required 0 b1 Not used b2 Send SST after ACC Code dialing for Authorization Code or F/A code is dialed using LCR Access 0/1 = Out/In Service 0 b3 Not used ATT Re-enters Loop on Serial Call b4 43 b5 0/1
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Abnormal Call, Short Duration Timer for Automatic Circuit Assurance service (when INDEX = 44, b0 = 1) Timer counter (TC) is to be assigned a value from 02 Hex to FF Hex. (2 - 255 sec.) 45 Timer Value = TC × 1 sec. Note: When TC = 00 Hex, this timer is not set.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 48 49 50 51 Do not assign these INDEXes. 52 (INDEXes 48 ~ 55 are used for the Grade 1 Password Code.) 53 54 55 b0 Set Line Load Control (Automatic) Execution Occupancy Rate. b1 Set execution of line load control (automatic) by the usage rate (occupancy) rate of the CPU.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 58 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Configuration of CPU (for IPX) 0/1 = Single/Dual For IPX, assign “0.” 0 b1 Not used 1 b2 1 b3 0 b4 0 b5 Trunk Ineffective Hold Detect Processing Program Start 0/1 = Not Required/Required (Always assign “1.”) Send Forced Off-Hook Supervisory Command 0/1 = Not Required/Required (Always assign “1.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used UCD Queuing b3 0/1 = Required (RBT)/Not Required (BT) (Most = 0 when the MCI is in service.) 60 Nailed Down Connection (Fixed Connection) service b4 b5 0/1 = Out/In service Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Attendant Interruption service is operated.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 b6 62 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used ACT/ST – BY Change over at Routine Diagnosis b7 b6 0 0 = Every time 0 1 = Once a week (On Sunday) b7 1 0 = Once a month (On the 1st Sunday of the month) 1 1 = – 1 Note: Assign the Routine Diagnosis Program start time in SYS-1, INDEXes 87 and 88.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT µ law/A law for TDSW b0 0 = µ law (Japan, North America, Canada, and Hong Kong) 1 = A law (Europe, other nations) b1 Display of Call Waiting Lamp (on Attendant Console) service b2 b1 0 0 = When PA lamp illuminates b2 0 1 = When busy lamp field is not displayed 1 0 = Always 1 1 = – b3 Howler Tone sending service b4 b3 64
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 67 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 00 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used SMDR Control Circuit Card Designation 0/1 = MRC/SMDC (Always assign “0.”) SMDR Sending Designation 0 b7 b0 0/1 = AP/SMDC (Always assign “0.”) Operating method for busy station service (Call back, Executive Right of Way, etc.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Return transferred call to transferring party after Recall Timer expires (Call Transfer – All Calls or Blind Transfer to Station service) b0 b1 0/1 = Recall/No Recall, or execution of Call Forwarding – Don’t Answer (when C.F. – Don’t Answer is set at the transfer destination station) Send short tone when a call forwarded via C.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Called Number Display when forwarding to Attendant Console b0 0/1 = Out/In Service Flashing display of Line Lockout on Attendant Console BLF b1 b2 0/1 = In Service/Out Route No.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 72 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 b6 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Distinctive Ringing (DR) only for Direct-In Termination (DIT), Direct-In Dialing (DID) calls Note: 0 Assign “0” or “1” according to Table 4-2.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data b6 0 Parameter DR assigned via command “ARTD” 1 0 1 0 1 Direct-In Termination (DIT) Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Via Attendant Console Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Via other station Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Interoffice call Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA I
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Route Restriction Class Data (ARSC command) 0/1 = Common/Separate b1 Service Feature Restriction class Data (ASFC command) 0/1 = Common/Separate b2 Tenant Restriction Data (ATNR command) 0/1 = Common/Separate b3 Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDP command) 0/1 = Common/Separate 1 75 b4 EPN Facility Restriction Data (AEFR
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 Not used b1 Same Special Access Code Data (ASPS command) 0 0/1 = Common/Separate b2 Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number Data (AFCP command) 0/1 = Common/Separate 76 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used Table Development: Common or Separate Day/Night Data Tables.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 1 b0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Display Station numbers on the Attendant Console and stations 0/1 = Out/In Service (Always assign “1.") Kind of Service Class indication (Dterm) 1 78 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0/1 = Out/In Service (Always assign “1.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 Not used b1 Call Block Service - Key used for canceling the Rejection Number 0/1 = # key/* key Clear last input from LCD when in OAI Mode 0 b2 80 0 b3 0/1 = Yes/No Display static ACD messages (Break, Ready, etc.) on the second line of the LCD.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 84 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) FF 1 85 FF BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 1 b0 1 b1 1 b2 1 b3 1 b4 1 b5 1 b6 1 b7 1 b0 1 b1 1 b2 1 b3 1 b4 1 b5 1 b6 1 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Data Memory Segment Location Designation NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 95 Issue 1
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 System Message “7-0” is registered when no errors are detected by the Routine Diagnosis Program (Refer to INDEX 89 and 90) 0/1 = Not Registered/Registered b1 System Message “7-P” is registered when an error is detected by the Routine Diagnosis Program (Refer to INDEX 89 and 90) 0/1 = Not Register/Register b2 Fault Recovery
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Hour data is assigned using a decimal number (Military Time) Example: 2:00 a.m. – This data is entered as 02. 87 Example: 2:30 p.m. – This data is entered as 14. Minute data is assigned using a decimal number (Military Time) Example: 2:00 a.m. – This data is entered as 00.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Not used b1 Backup Call Forwarding and Individual Speed Data to HDD (See Index 304) 0/1 = No/Yes b2 b3 90 b4 b5 b6 b7 0 b0 0 b1 b2 1 Not used Residual link detect 0/1 = No/Yes LP ACT/STBY Changeover (for IPX-UMG system) 0/1 = No/Yes CMP ACT/STBY Changeover (for IPX-UMG system) 0/1 = No/Yes Not used Not used Grades o
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 92 1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 System Data-2 (ASYD command) b1 Special Access Code Data (ASPA, AASP, AGSP command) b2 Numbering Plan Data (ANPD, AANP, AGNP command) b3 Station Data (ASDT, AAST, AGST, ALDN, ASAT commands) b4 Route Restriction Class Data (ARSC command) b5 Call Forwarding Restriction Data (ACFR command) 0 b6 0 b7 Not used
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 94 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Tenant Restriction Class Data (ATNR command) b1 EPN Facility Restriction Data (AEFR command) b2 Primary Call Restriction Data (APCR command) b3 Authorization Code Data (AATC command) b4 Special Access Code for Floor Data (ASPF command) (for Hotel System) b5 Day/Night Connection Restriction Data (ADNR command) (fo
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 96 97 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT End User’s Office Name (INDEX 96-115) 98 Note 1: The End User’s Office Name must be less than 20 characters. 99 Note 2: A blank is assigned as data “20 Hex”.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 116 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Password Function (Effective only with MAT) 0/1 = Out/In Service 1 117 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Note 1 Data for Port 0 of the IOC Circuit Card Not used Password Function (Effective only with MAT) 0/1 = Out/In Service Note 2 Da
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 118 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Password Function (Effective only with MAT) 0/1 = Out/In Service 1 119 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Note 1 Data for Port 2 of the IOC Circuit Card Not used Password Function (Effective only with MAT) 0/1 = Out/In Service Note 2 Da
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 511 120 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Password Function (Effective only with MAT) 0/1 = Out/In Service 1 121 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Note 1 Data for Port 4 of the IOC Circuit Card Not used Password Function (Effective only with MAT) 0/1 = Out/In Service Note 2 Da
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) 1 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF HEX 122 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 Not used b7 Password Function (Effective only with MAT) Not used Data for Port 6 of the IOC Circuit Card Not used 0/1 = Out/In Service Note: SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) 1 Note: Note When activating the Password function, assign “b 7 = 1” ONLY after a Password Code has b
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) 124 00 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Not used b0 b1 MFC Sender PAD Control Note: Source Signal is -8 dBm b2 b3 b2 b1 b0 b3 1 125 0 0 0 = -0 dB 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB 0 0 1 1 = -6 dB 0 1 0 0 = -8 dB 0 1 0 1 = -10 dB 0 1 1 0 = -11.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 External Equipment Alarm Timer (0-127): b1 If external equipment continues to send alarm information for the duration over this timer value, the system will regard it as a failure. b2 b3 b4 126 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b5 b6 Example: b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 = 30 sec. 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 = 120 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Register Inter Digit Timer: b1 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15). b2 ORT SEIZURE “3” b3 129 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 1 b0 b1 b2 DIAL PULSE Timer Value Setting is MTC × 2 sec. Note: When this data is 00 Hex, default data is automatically set to 6 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used For 2nd DT trunks, the sender waits until this timer expires before sending dialed digits. b5 Sender Prepause Timer: Timer Value Setting is MTC × 512 msec. b6 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex Note: When this data is 00 (0-15).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS The interval between dialed digits Not used Timer Value Setting is 60 msec./120 msec. + MTC × 512 msec. b4 b5 Sender Inter Digit Timer for PB: b6 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 135 b6 0 1 Seizure Guard Timer: Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15). Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of the following values: b6 b5 b4 b6 b5 b4 0 0 0 = – 1 0 0 = – 0 0 1 = 64 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Start Timer for Periodic Indication Tone: b1 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 1 138 b6 0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b7 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15). This timer assigns the interval between Periodic Indication Tones, after the first tone has been sent. Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of the following values: Timer Value Setting is MTC + 1 × TC.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 139 b6 0 1 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 140 b6 0 CHAPTER 4 Page 114 Issue 1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b7 No Answer Timer: Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 No Answer Timer for Station Call from ATT: Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15). Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of the following values: b6 b5 b4 b6 b5 b4 0 0 0 = – 1 0 0 = – 0 0 1 = – 1 0 1 = – 0 1 0 = – 1 1 0 = – 0 1 1 = 2 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 144 b6 0 1 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15). Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of the following values: b6 b5 b4 b6 b5 b4 0 0 0 = – 1 0 0 = – 0 0 1 = – 1 0 1 = – 0 1 0 = – 1 1 0 = – 0 1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = 8 sec. 0 1 1 = 2 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Howler Tone Timer: b1 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15). b2 HOWLER TONE b3 146 b4 b5 b6 1 0 b6 b5 b4 0 0 0 = – 1 0 0 = – 0 0 1 = – 1 0 1 = – 0 1 0 = – 1 1 0 = – 0 1 1 = 2 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 149 b6 0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Camp-On Recall Timer for CAS-Satellite Station: Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 SHF length for a CAS Main Station: b1 Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 00 Hex to 1F Hex (0-31).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 Data Communication RS-232C RS-CS Signal Control service: This timer is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15) 0 b3 153 1 154 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 00 RS-232C Guard Time after RS-ON until CS-ON during data communications. = 60 msec. 1-7 Hex = – 8 Hex = 0 msec. 9 Hex = 30 msec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 156 b6 0 1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 157 Trunk Soft Hold Timer A: Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 Attendant Console Busy Verification Warning Tone Timer: Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0-15). 1ST. b3 2ND. Timer Value Setting is MTC × TC sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0/1 BIT 1 b0 Hotel Feature required (Fixed Data) 1 b1 Hotel Service kind (Fixed Data) Length of Room Status Memory b2 0/1 = 8 byte/24 byte 0 b3 Pattern of Key Arrangement on Attendant Console 0 b4 (Refer to Table 4-1.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Don’t Disturb Override key on the Attendant Console 0/1 = Out/In Service Message Waiting Service b1 0/1 = Out/In Service Language Service b2 0/1 = Out/In Service (for Hotel system) Split Hold Service b3 0 1 161 0/1 = Out/In Service b4 Not used b5 DSS (Direct Station Select) Key on the Attendant Console 0/1 = Ineff
ASYD : Assignment of System Data Table 4-1 Key Arrangements for Hotel Add-On Console DATA KEY ARRANGEMENT b4 b3 0 0 REMARKS WUS DDS RCS MWS AUD WUR DDR RCR MWR STS WUS: Wake-Up Set WUR: Wake-Up Reset DDS: Do Not Disturb Set DDR: Do Not Disturb Reset 0 WUS DDS RCS MWS COC WUR DDR RCR MWR STS 1 MWS: Message Waiting Set MWR: Message Waiting Reset RCS: Room Cut Off Set RCR: Room Cut Off Reset AUD: Audit Report 1 1 WUS DDS RCS MWS C/I AUD WUR DDR RCR MWR C/O STS 0 WU
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex.) 162 163 1 164 165 CHAPTER 4 Page 126 Issue 1 00 00 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATAea 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Assign 00 for business systems.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 166 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex.) 00 1 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATAea 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 0 b0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Assign 00 for business systems.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex.) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATAea 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 b4 168 b5 b6 1 169 00 0 b7 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 170 CHAPTER 4 Page 128 Issue 1 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Assign 00 for business systems.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex.) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATAea 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 171 b3 00 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b3 172 b4 00 Assign 00 for business systems. b5 b6 0 b7 b0 1 b1 b2 173 b3 00 b4 b5 b6 b7 174 175 00 00 Not used 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Assign 00 for business systems.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 176 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex.) 00 1 177 SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 00 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATAea 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used 0 b0 ~ b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 Not used BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 Assign 00 for business systems.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 180 181 1 BIT b0 1 b1 2 b2 4 b3 8 b4 16 b5 32 b6 64 b7 128 b0 256 b1 512 b2 1024 b3 2048 b4 4096 b5 8192 0 b6 0 b7 182 183 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Note: OPC value is expressed by all bits. For example, if OPC value is 16, bit values are entered as shown below.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 184 1 185 CHAPTER 4 Page 132 Issue 1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 1 b1 2 b2 4 b 7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 SI184 b3 8 b4 16 b5 32 b6 64 b7 128 b0 256 b1 512 b2 1024 SI184 b3 2048 SI185 b4 4096 b5 8192 0 b6 0 b7 DPC 1 0 SI185 DPC 1: Centralized management report Point Code 1 Note: DPC1 value is expressed using all 14
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 0/1 = Link Reconnection Not In Service/Link Reconnection In Service b0 b1 Note: An Interoffice transfer service is available. For example, with No. 7 CCIS, a caller has called outside their own office but is actually talking with somebody in their own office.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT No. 7 CCIS Control System Interoffice Audit Test 0/1 = Required/Not Required b0 Note 1: This system data becomes valid only when activating TRK Ineffective Hold Check function of the periodic test. Note 2: In No. 7 CCIS service, IAI signal is sent out to the called side office in an outgoing connection.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 I/O = Port designation to Host Computer b2 b1 b0 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 = Port 0 0 0 1 = Port 1 0 1 0 = Port 2 0 1 1 1 1 b2 190 0 b3 b4 b5 b6 0 b7 0 b0 b1 0 0 0 0 0 b2 0 0 0 : 1 : 193 00 ATT0 Port Port is not used. Port is used.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) 194 01 195 196 197 00 00 00 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 1 b0 b1 198 0 0 b2 b3 b4 1 0 b5 0 0 b6 b7 b0 b1 199 0 0 b2 b3 b4 b5 0 0 CHAPTER 4 Page 136 Issue 1 b6 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS For IPX, assign 01 Hex.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 200 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 0 0 0 0 201 0 0 0 0 1 202 0 0 0 0 203 0 0 0 0 204 0 0 0 0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 LP08 #0 is mounted on PBI40 Module for IPX-UMG system LP08 #1 is mounted on PBI40 Module for IPX-UMG system Not used LP10 #0 is mount
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 0 0 205 0 0 206 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 00 b1 b2 b3 207 1 b4 b5 b6 b7 209 00 LP28 #1 is mounted on PBI68 Module for IPX-UMG system Not used LP30 #0 is mounted on PBI6C Module for IPX-UMG system LP30 #1 is mounted on PBI6C Module for IPX-UMG system Not used IP00 System #0 0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted IP00 System #1 0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted IP01
210 00 213 00 214 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT Not used Not used b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 00 b5 b6 b7 219 Not used Node Suppression - Centralized Billing CCIS 0/1 = Out/In Service Not used Not used ~ 00 ~ 215 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS ~ DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) ~ SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 ~ SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) ~ ASYD : Assignment of System Data 00 Not used b0 b1 b2 1 b3 b4 220 b5 0 b6 Protocol of ISDN Terminal (BRI station) 0:Japan (INS64) 1:U.S.A.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Disable Attendant Console Loop keys when that console is in Night Mode (Nite Key engaged) 0/1 = No/Yes 0 229 b1 Not used b2 With the key pad pressed by the Attendant while talking with the incoming call, DTMF (PB) signal is sent out to the incoming call.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 0 234 1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 Connection acknowledge polarity reversal signal 0/1 = Not Required/Required (Multi-Frequency) Not used 235 00 Not used 236 00 Not used 0 237 b0-b6 b7 Not used When a call terminated to vacant number by Direct Inward Dialing 0/1 = Send Busy Tone/Reorder Tone 238 00 Not used 239 00
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 0 0 0 0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 Not used This bit defines the meaning of the “Station Information” in the office that has VMS/Host Computer within the CCIS No. 7 Network.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) 241 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 Data Port Chime Control by SCF 0/1 = To be controlled/Not to be controlled b1 The number of digits displayed in Name Display Service 0/1 = 8 digits/16 digits b2 OAI Call Event Process 0/1 = No/Yes b3 Detail Information on SCG error 0/1 = No/Yes b4 MF ANI on SMDR 0/1 = No/Yes b5 Privacy Release for single line 0/1 = No/Yes b6 When t
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 0 0 Not used b2 MCI-CCIS output packet change when the last digit is “*.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 While engaging in a two-party call with a station/trunk, the Attendant places the call on hold by pressing either the ANSWER key or the Incoming Call Identification (ICI) key and answers the next call.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 ~ b3 b4 b5 248 b6 b7 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Call Forward Don’t Answer After Attendant Camp-On 0/1 = No/Yes Not used When the destination station has been set Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer 0 = Recall to the station 1 = C.F. – Don’t Answer is activated. Note: Available for software Release 9 or later.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT SMDR output buffer usage rate (00~98%) at the time of output of SMDR Buffer Overflow Alarm Clear message (System Message 6-P) b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 Unit Tens b0 ~ b7 250 Note: When this data has been set as specified below, the alarm message output value becomes 80% and the alarm message clear message output value becomes 5
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used 258 00 Not used ~ b1 ~ 1 0 DLKC Circuit Card for Attendant Console (ATTCON) 0/1 = Not Exist in system/Exist in system Note 1, Note 2 ~ 257 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS 260 00 Not used b0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used 262 00 Not used ~ 0 ~ b1 ~ 261 0 287 00 Not
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b4 Output Port for SMDR A Apparatus • When b4 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0) • b0 = Port 0 b1 = Port 1 b2 = Port 2b3 = Port 3 • When b4 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1) • b0 = Port 4 b1 = Port 5 b2 = Port 6 b3 = Port 7 • “1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No. Note 1, Note 2, Note 3 0 b5 Expanded SMDR for “A” apparatus.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 291 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b1 Fault detection timer of SMDR B Value for the first digit (min): b2 (0~9) Hex b3 A~F Hex: Not used b4 • Timer value ranges from 1 to 99 minutes.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 • • • • Output Port for SMDR D Apparatus When b4 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0) b0 = Port 0 b1 = Port 1 b2 = Port 2 When b4 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1) b0 = Port 4 b1 = Port 5 b2 = Port 6 b3 = Port 3 b3 = Port 7 “1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Individual Speed Calling Data Save b0 0/1 = Out/In Service (This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1) Call Forwarding Data Save b1 b2 0/1 = Out/In Service (This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1) PCS Data Save 0/1 = Out/In Service Name Display Data Save b3 304 0/1 = Out/In Service (This data is valid when SYS1,
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 Timing start to dial Attendant Console Assign digit used Note: When SYS-1, INDEX 92, b0 = “0” (Individual SYS-2 Table Development), prepare separate SYS-2 Programming Sheets for each Tenant (TN).
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 - b3 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used The way to answer the Internal Zone Paging call; 0 = Press the Prime Line key after Off-Hook 1 = Off-Hook b4 388 Note: Valid for software Release 9 or later.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 511 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 - b6 Not used Station Hunting by call kind 439 0/1 = Invalid/Valid b7 Note: 440-485 00 Available for software Release 9 or later.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data Table 4-2 Assigned Code in 1st Column Upper 4bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 Lower 4bit 4 5 6 7 8 9 A * B C D E F CHAPTER 4 Page 156 Issue 1 NDA-24298 8 9 A B C D E F
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 2 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Restriction Data of Station Busy Services can be designated as in the table below: b1 b0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Call Back Executive Call Voice Message Reminder Right Waitingcall (Dterm) of Way Originating (Dterm) R A R A R R A A R A A A R A A A R A A A 0 R: RestrictedA: Allowed 0 b2 b3 b4
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Call Transfer service b1 b0 b1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 = Out of service = In service - except Tandem Connection = In service - only Terminating calls = In service b2 Not used b3 Toll Restriction for Speed Calling Station/Group services 0/1 = Required/Not Required b4 Toll Restriction (disposition of
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 2 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 3 b4 b5 0 b6 b7 SYSTEM IPX SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS SMDR service 0/1 = Out/In Service Not used Account Code when Authorization Code is in service 0/1 = Not Required/Required Code type 0/1 = Authorization Code/Forced Account Code Not used Output of SMDR Station-to-Station Connection Data 0/1 = No
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 0 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Call Back and OG Trunk Queuing Access Code Note 0/1 = Separate/Common Automatic setting of OG Trunk Queuing service Note b1 When receiving BT, OG Trunk Queuing is set automatically by going on-hook.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 -15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Message Center Interface service when terminating to a UCD Group 0/1 = Out/In Service 2 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 6 b4 Not used Call Origination Restriction of Station upon Setting C.F.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 Busy Lamp Field-Flexible service 0/1 = Out/In Service Message Center Interface service when terminating Attendant Console 0/1 = Out/In Service b2 2 7 b3 Serial Call service 0/1 = Out/In Service Supervisory Call service 0/1 = Out/In Service b4 b5 b6 First Digit of Phantom Station Number for Privacy E
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM TENANT DATA NUMBER TYPE (TN) (SYS) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA (INDEX) INDEX 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 8 b4 b5 b6 b7 b0 2 b1 b2 b3 9 b4 b5 b6 b7 SYSTEM IPX SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Listed Directory Number (LDN) 0/1 = Exclude/Include Operator Call (ATND) 0/1 = Exclude/Include Attendant Recall (RCL) Waiting Call Display (Attendant Console) 0/1 = Exclude/Include Note 1: When an Attendant Console is Not used shar
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Procedure for activating Call Waiting – Originating 0 = After hearing BT (SHF + ACC Code) only. 1 = After hearing BT (SHF + ACC Code) and upon going Off-Hook (ACC Code + Station No.) b4 2 When activating this feature via dialing ACC Code + Station No.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used Method of Day/Night mode change b5 b4 0 b5 0 0 = Via ATT Mode change 0 1 = – 1 0 = Via External Switch 1 1 = – (Usually assign “00”) 2 11 0 b6 Not used Disposition of DIT Call when the Station is Busy 0/1 = To Attendant Console/Waiting Note: 0
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 12 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 b0 2 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Automatic Recall Ringer (Dterm)-Non-Exclusive Hold 0/1 = Required/Not Required Automatic Recall Ringer (Dterm)-Exclusive Hold 0/1 = Required/Not Required Not used Sending SHF Signal from CAS Attendant Console to Satellite office 0/1 = SHF key/SHF
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TENANT TYPE NUMBER (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 1 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 2 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS 14 CW Lamp on Attendant Console - Threshold CW Lamp flashes when the number of Calls Waiting is greater than or equal to this data.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 - 63 2 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 15 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 Not used b3 Destination restriction for an outgoing trunk call originated by Passing Dial Tone service b4 IPX Note: Not used Attendant Overflow Service 0/1 = No/Yes 0/1 = Effective/Ineffective 15 SYSTEM SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 The office that determines the transfer destinati
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 31 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 0 ON Time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of Time is Second.) Timer Value for Ringer used for Incoming Trunk Calls (Ringer Pattern 0) Note: b3 b4 b5 b6 OFF Time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of Time is Second.) Normally, this Index is assigned data 21 Hex.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 31 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 2 Burst (0.4 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.-OFF, 0.4 sec.–ON) on the ON Time for Ringer Pattern 0 0/1 = Not Required/Required b1 2 Burst (0.4 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.–OFF, 0.4 sec.–ON) on the ON Time for Ringer Pattern 1 0/1 = Not Required/Required 3 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 b5 Not used 3 Burst (0.4 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.–OFF, 0.8 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 31 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 b2 PBST: PB signal (DTMF) timer for Dterm and desk console. This data is to be assigned from 0 Hex to F Hex (0~15). Timer Value setting is (PBST + 1) × 128 msec. b3 11 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used b0 b1 b2 ON Time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of Time is Seconds.
ASYD : Assignment of System Data SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 - 31 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) 28 00 Not used 29 00 Not used 30 00 Not used 31 00 Not used 3 CHAPTER 4 Page 172 Issue 1 DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT NDA-24298
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) ASYDL: Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 b1 512 b2 Fusion Point Code (FPC) of self node in hexadecimal. b3 FPC 1-253 (01 Hex-FD Hex) b4 b5 Note: After assigning/changing the FPC, System Initialization (Non-Load Initialization) is required. Assign only for Fusion Network.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 515 IP Address (Hex) for PBX over External LAN 516 Note: 517 This data is valid when the PBX is connected to the external PC. When default IP address (172. 16. 253. 0) for the PBX is used, this data setting is not necessary. Example: IP Address: 133. 206. 8.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 523 Default Gateway Address of External LAN 524 Gateway Address (IP address of Router) of Network connecting PBX. 525 Note: This data is valid when the PBX is connected to the external PC LAN. In the case of no Network Gateway, assignment data is 00 Hex. in Index 523 through 526.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 528 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Voice Recognition Services Timer b1 MTC = 0 - 15 (0h to Fh) seconds b2 Timer value = MTC × TC b3 This timer defaults to 30 seconds when 00h is assigned. b4 Timer Class (TC) b5 b6 b5b4 b6b5b4 b6 0 0 0= -----011=2 sec.110=----- b7 0 01 b6b5b4 1 00 =30 sec.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 531 SDT card accommodation 0/1 = Not accommodated/Accommodated b1 → MG1, b3 → MG3, b5 → MG5, b7 → MG7 Note 1: The SDT card can be mounted in the odd MG only.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Fusion Centralized SMDR Service (Polling Method) 0/1 = No/Yes SMDR for Fusion Network station-to-station calls b1 0/1 = All Station Calls/Fusion Station Calls only Note: Data valid only when ASYDL Index 512 is set. Valid for IPX Version 2 software or higher.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Centralized Billing-Fusion output text format of SMDR C 0/1 = IMS (ICS) format/IPX format 580 b1 ~ b3 b4 b5 ~ b7 b0 Not used 0/1 = SMDR C Apparatus with LAN interface is not used/used.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Designate the Polling cycle within the Self Node (for IPXUMG system only) by the number of calls intended for Polling of the system. Assign this data to default value “0” or “8” in case the number of calls is within 675,000 calls per a day.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 608 The Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the polling destination. 609 FPCs range from 1 to 253 as shown in the table below. Assign data “1 (Polling destination of Centralized Billing-Fusion)” for the corresponding FPC node.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 640 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS b4 b5 b6 Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the node providing ATTCON. Assign FPC of a terminating node for operator calls from other nodes and Ring Down (IC) calls from PSTN. FPC: 1-253 (01 Hex-FD Hex) Note: b7 This data is necessary at all nodes. Assign the self FPC at the terminating node.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 642 643 644 645 646 1 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Speech Path Memory of TONE ROM source selection for Voice Prompt Service.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) Example: When a call terminates on a Dterm from Telephone number 123456789, the Dterm displays as follows depending on the data settings. 23456789 ASYDL SYS1,INDEX672,Bit0=0 8 digits long maximum when Telephone Number is displayed on top line.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 704 705 706 707 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the node to which ATT-CON transfers the Day/ Night changeover information. FPCs range from 1 to 253 as shown in the table below. Assign data “1 (D/N changeover information is transferred)” for the corresponding node.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 800 1 801-802 BIT b0 ALGNL/ALGSL command tenant User Group Number (UGN) table development of Local Data Memory (LDM) 0/1 = Separate/Common b1 ASPAL command tenant table development of Local Data Memory (LDM) 0/1 = Separate/Common b2 ANPDL command tenant data table development of Local Data Memory (LDM) 0/1 = Separate/Common
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 (For IPX-UMG system) Periodic Refresh for office data copy Note 1 0/1 = Execute/Stop 805 0 b1 (For IPX-UMG system) Partial copy every time office data is assigned 0 = Execute Note 1 1 = Not execute (data copy is executed by CBCD command b2 (For IPX-UMG system) Information of office data copy con
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 834 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT b0 b1 b3 ~ b7 835 ~ 863 Not used 0/1 = Built-in IP, ACDP is not used/used b1 Output the system message when TCP-IP connection is disconnected.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 867 ~ 927 Not used (For IPX-U system) Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the connecting ISW. (For IPX-UMG system) 928 Fixed to “0”. Note TSW card accommodation on ISW in IPX-U system or on ISWR in IPX-UMG system.
ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM) SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 512 - 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 - FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT FPC of the LN connected to TSW2 in the ISW. (For IPX-UMG system) Logical PBI Number of LMG connected to TSW2 in the ISWR. 938 ~ 941 Note 1: This data is available when INDEX929, b2=1 is assigned. SYS1, Note 2: The different FPC can be assigned for 2 Kbps PCM data transmission at each INDEX.
AUNT : Assignment of Unit Data AUNT: Assignment of Unit Data 1. General This command assigns the Unit data. It also assigns miscellaneous circuit cards to be mounted in LPM. 2. Precautions • Prior to assigning the number of the unit data using this command, the ASYD command should be properly assigned. • The applicable data range in the Module Group Number (MG) parameter is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 0.
AUNT : Assignment of Unit Data 3. Data Entry Instructions TYPE 1 = Port Interface Module (PIM) 2 = Power Failure Transfer (PFT) Circuit Card 3 = Not used 4 = Line Test Circuit Card UNIT TYPE INDICATION (TYPE) 1-4 MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG) DATA OF UNIT (UNIT) 1/2 No. 0 1 MG Enter the MG number to be accommodated in the PIM (or the circuit card) UNIT This parameter appears when TYPE = 1. 1 = Mounted 2 = Not mounted 0 1 2 DATA 1 1 1 DATA OF CIRCUIT CARD (PKG) 1/2 No.
AUNT : Assignment of Unit Data 4. Data Sheet (a) Port Interface Module (PIM) (TYPE = 1) MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG) DATA OF UNIT 1/2 UNIT TYPE INDICATION (TYPE) 1 – 4 NO. DATA 0 1 1 2 3 (b) Power Failure Transfer Circuit Card (PFT) (TYPE = 2) MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG) UNIT TYPE INDICATION (TYPE) 1 – 4 DATA OF CIRCUIT CARD (PKG) 1/2 NO.
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data AIOC: Assignment of IOC Port Data 1. General This command assigns the I/O port attribution data. 2. Precautions 1. When the I/O port attribution is changed, the IOC card is initialized. 2. Various parameters appear on the display according to the data in the TERMINAL parameter.
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data 3. Data Entry Instructions IOC IOC PORT NUMBER (IOC) 0-7 IOC port number (#0 or #1 card is specified by IOC switch settings, #0 IOC card has port numbers 0 through 3, #1 has 4 through 7) TERMINAL KIND (TERMINAL) 0-6 TERMINAL 0 = Not used 1 = Printer/MCI 2 = MAT 3 = CMAT 4 = SMDR (Free wheeling) 5 = SMDR (BSC) 6 = ATM module 7 = PMS 8 = H/M Printer 9 = ATT0 10 = ATT1 Note : 7~10 is available for Hotel System.
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data TERMINAL=4 (SMDR FREE WHEELING) (PROTOCOL) 0-3 (SPEED) 0-6 PROTOCOL (PARITY BIT) 0-3 SPEED 0 = Free Wheeling 0 = Default (4800bps) 1 = 300 bps 2 = 600 bps 3 = 1200 bps 4 = 2400 bps 5 = 4800 bps 6 = 9600 bps (STOP BIT) 0-3 (CHARACTER BIT) 0/1 PARITY BIT STOP BIT 0 = Non Parity 0 = 2 bits 1 = 1 bit 2 = 1+1/2 bits 3 = 2 bits CHARACTER BIT 0 = 8 bits TERMINAL=5 (SMDR BSC) (PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PARITY BIT) 0-3 0-6 0-3 (STOP BIT) 0-3 (SYNC) 0/1 PROTOCOL (CHARAC
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data TERMINAL=7 (PMS) / 8 (Hotel Printer) (PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PARITY BIT) 0-2 0-6 0-3 (STOP BIT) 0-3 PROTOCOL PARITY BIT 0=Free Wheeling 1=BSC Pooling 2=BSC Contention 3=Level 2A 4=Level 2B 0=Non Parity 1=Odd Parity 2=Even Parity 3=Non Parity (SYNC) 0/1 (CHARACTER BIT) 0/1 SYNC SYNC CHARACTER 0=ST1 1=ST2 0=Bi-sync 1=Mono-sync CHARACTER BIT STOP BIT 0=2bits 1=1bit 2=1+1/2bits 3=2bits SPEED 0=Default(4800bps) 1=300bps 2=600bps 3=1200bps 4=2400bps 5=4800bps 6=9600b
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data CD (CD Signal disregard) SA (Station address) 0=Invalid 1=Valid (CD) 0/1 20 Hex. - 7E Hex. (XO) 0/1 X0 (X-ON / OFF Control) 0=Invalid 1=Valid (SN) 0/1 (SA) 20-7E Hex. SN (Transmission address number control) 0=Invalid 1=Valid (TUA) 20-7E Hex. CHAPTER 4 Page 198 Issue 1 PROTOCOL SPEED PARITY BIT STOP BIT CHARACTER BIT Others 20 Hex. - 7E Hex. (RUA) 20-7E Hex. TUA (Unit address for transmission) 20 Hex. - 7E Hex.
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data 4.
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data (d) TERMINAL=4 (SMDR FREE WHEELING) IOC PORT NUMBER (IOC) TERMINAL KIND (TERMINAL) 4 (PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PARITY BIT) 0 (STOP BIT) (CHARACTER BIT) 0 0 (e) TERMINAL=5 (SMDR BSC) IOC PORT NUMBER (IOC) TERMINAL KIND (TERMINAL) 5 (PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PARITY BIT) (STOP BIT) (SYNC) (CHARACTER BIT) (SYNC CHARACTER) (f) TERMINAL=6 (ATM Module) IOC PORT NUMBER (IOC) TERMINAL KIND (TERMINAL) 6 (SPEED) CHAPTER 4 Page 200 Issue 1 (PARITY BIT) (STOP BIT) NDA-242
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data (g) TERMINAL=7 (PMS) IOC PORT NUMBER (IOC) TERMINAL KIND (TERMINAL) 7 (PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PB SIGNAL) 0/1 (ENH) 0/1 (PARITY BIT) (STOP BIT) (SYNC) (CHARACTER BIT) (SYNC CHARACTER) (BUSY SIGNAL) When ENH=1 (Option), (CLASS) 0-3 (PM) 0/1 (CN) 0-3 (FL) 0/1 (CD) 0/1 (XO) 0/1 (SN) 0/1 (SA) 20-7E Hex. (ET) 0/1 (TUA) 20-7E Hex. NDA-24298 (KJ) 0/1 (WR) (DR) 0/1 (RUA) 20-7E Hex.
AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data (h) TERMINAL=8 (Hotel Printer) IOC PORT NUMBER (IOC) TERMINAL KIND (TERMINAL) 10 (PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PB SIGNAL) 0/1 (ENH) 0/1 CHAPTER 4 Page 202 Issue 1 (PARITY BIT) (STOP BIT) (SYNC) NDA-24298 (CHARACTER BIT) (SYNC CHARACTER) (BUSY SIGNAL)
ASTD : Assignment of State Translation Data ASTD: Assignment of State Translation Data 1. General This command translates the system attributes. 2. Precautions One STM contains multiple numbers of STS(s), and the combination of the STM”n” and STS”n” has one kind of (or multiple kinds of) purpose(s) to be designated. The data zero (0) or one (1) assigned in ST designates how the system works. See Table 4-3 for Assignment of ASTD. 3. Data Assignment Instructions See Table 4-3.
ASTD : Assignment of State Translation Data Table 4-3 List for Assignment of ASTD (Continued) STM ST * = standard settings STS 0 Trunk Release 0 Station (Calling Party Release) 1 Trunk Note 1 1 1 2 3 4 * = standard settings Note 2: One setting applies to five items. (STM=0, STS 0) 0 Restricted 1* Allowed 0 Three-way calling with COT included 1 Three-way calling with COT included in Execu- 0 tive Right of Way service 1* 2 Outgoing call to a C.O.
ASTD : Assignment of State Translation Data 4.
AOFC : Assignment of Office Name AOFC: Assignment of Office Name 1. General This command assigns the office name. 2. Precautions 1. The data assignment of this command is the same as the ASYD command SYS1, INDEX96 through 115. 2. The office name is also included in the dump files of LIST UP, Traffic Measurement, and System Message. 3. Data Entry Instructions OFFICE NAME Maximum 20 characters of office name.
AOFC : Assignment of Office Name 4.
AUIDL : Assignment of User ID Data for LDM AUIDL: Assignment of User ID Data for LDM 1. General This command is used to assign the User ID data such as user name and password for the purpose of logging in to the PBX from the MAT in stand-alone system, or logging in to each Local Node (LN) in Fusion network. Once programming the login information, User ID entry is necessary to login from the next time. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1.
ANPD : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data ANPD: Assignment of Numbering Plan Data 1. General This command assigns the minimum number of digits needed to determine the service required to the first digit received (pre-translation). 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for the Business Application. AANP/AGNP commands are used for Hotel Applications. 2. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter the tenant number this command effects.
ANPD : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data 4.
ANPDL : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory ANPDL: Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory 1. General This command assigns the minimum number of digits needed to determine the service which is required to the first digit received (pre-translation). 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for the Business Application. 2. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter the tenant number this command effects.
ANPDL : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory 3. Data Entry Instructions 1st DC The first digit of service access code, etc. (0-9, *, #) NND The primarily analyzed digits, prior to the ASPAL command. Assign necessary (minimum) number of digits for each Access Code Basically. To assign different number of digits (such as “Timing Start” for logical numbers), assign maximum number of digits in this parameter.
ANPDL : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory 4.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code ASPA: Assignment of Special Access Code 1. General This command determines the kind of service and Access Code to execute. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for the Business Application. AASP/AGSP commands are used for Hotel Applications. 2. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter the tenant number which is affected by this command.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code 3. Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER (TN) KIND OF ACCESS CODE CONNECTION STATUS SERVICE (SRV) (ACC) INDEX 0-16 MAX. 6 DIGITS (CI) 1-3 SRV ACC Access code (Max.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code Table 4-4 SID SID SID SERVICE NAME 1 Call Hold 28 Call Forwarding I’m here; Set 2 Dial Access to Attendant (Operator Call) 29 Call Forwarding I’m here; Cancel 3 Call Back; Entry/ Camp on By Station 30-34 - 4 Executive Right of Way 35 Call Pickup - Direct 5 Call Waiting - Originating 36 - 6 Call Back; Cancel 37 Priority Call 1 7 Call Pickup - Group 38 Priority Call 2 8 Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding - All Calls (for t
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code When SRV=SSCA (Service code appendix) is assigned NND NND appears when SIDA=97 (Call Hold Conference). The number of digits for an access code should be assigned in NND.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code When SRV = 4 (Outgoing call, OGC) is assigned When SRV = 11 (Paging answer, PAGA) is assigned When SRV = 12 (Paging cancel, PAGC) is assigned ROUTE NUMBER (RT) When SRV = 5 (Outgoing call with route advance, OGCA) is assigned INDEX COUNTER (COUNT) INDEX 1 2 3 ROUTE NUMBER (RT) COUNT INDEX Assign the number of advanced trunk routes. INDEX is the route advance order.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code When SRV = UNIF (Office termination, UNIF) is assigned Note SKIP DIGITS (SKIP) 0-5 SKIP Assign the skip digits to terminate the call Note: UNIF is available for ACIS only. For CCIS, use the AUNE command. When SRV = ANNC (Announcement service, ANNC) is assigned ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER (EQP) 0-127 EQP Assign the announce equipment number. See Table 4-6.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code Table 4-6 EQP Parameter (Continued) DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 18 Timed Reminder Cancel Message (for Business system)/Service Cancel Message (for Hotel Message) 19 Service Cancel Failure Message (for Hotel system) 43-48 Not Used 20 Room Cut-Off Announcement (for Hotel system) 49-53 Delay Announcement Attendant (1st Announcement) 21 Do Not Disturb Announcement (for Hotel system) 54-58 Delay Announcement Attendant (2nd Announcement) 22 Timed Reminder
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code 4. Data Sheet When SRV = 10 (Announcement service-Multiple announcement, ANNC) is assigned TENANT NUMBER ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 (EQP) 122-125 EQP TN Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk. Assign the announcement equipment number with a range from 122 to 125 (Multi announcement).
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (b) Service code (SRV = SSC) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 SSC 1 Call Hold SSC 2 Dial Access to Attendant (Information Service Call) SSC 3 SSC 4 Executive Right of Way SSC 5 Call Waiting – Originating N Normal SSC 6 Call Back; Cancel N Normal SSC 7 Call Pickup – Group N Normal SSC 8 C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F. – All Calls; Entry Note 1 N Normal SSC 9 C.F.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (b) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 B Busy SSC 19 OG Trunk Queuing; Entry N Normal SSC 20 OG Trunk Queuing; Cancel N Normal SSC 21 Speed Calling – Station, Group; Access CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1–3 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) Note SERVICE CONTENTS 22 ~ ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS Not used 27 N Normal SSC 28 Call Forwarding I’m Here; Set N Normal SSC 29 Call Forw
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1–3 KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) Note SERVICE CONTENTS 47 Not used N Normal SSC 48 Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-Up; Entry N Normal SSC 49 Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-Up; Cancel ~ 50 Not used 59 Note: N Normal SSC 60 Attendant Manual Override H Hooking SSC 61 Call Park; Entry N Normal SSC 62 C
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (c) Service code Appendix (SRV = SSCA) CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1–3 KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SIDA) 1 – 255 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) SERVICE CONTENTS ~ 1 Not used 40 H Hooking B Busy H Hooking SSCA 41 Voice Call SSCA 42 Message Reminder (Dterm) 43 ~ ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS Not used 45 N Normal SSCA 46 Line Load Control from the ATTCON; Entry N Normal SSCA 47 Line Load Control from the ATTCON;
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1–3 N N Normal Normal KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SIDA) 1 – 255 SSCA 66 Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel Recording: Record 67 Not used 68 Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel Recording: Retrieve SSCA NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) SERVICE CONTENTS ~ 69 Not used 84 N Normal SSCA 85 Pad Lock; Cancel N Normal SSCA 86 C.F.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1–3 KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SIDA) 1 – 255 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) SERVICE CONTENTS N Normal SSCA 111 Call Block (restricts the last Calling party’s number); Entry N Normal SSCA 112 Call Block (restricts the dialed number); Entry N Normal SSCA 113 Call Block; Cancel ~ 114 Not used 115 N Normal 116 Call Trace ~ 117 Not used 255
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (d) Outgoing Call (SRV = OGC) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 228 Issue 1 ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (e) Outgoing Call With Route Advance (SRV = OGCA) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking ROUTE NUMBER (RT) KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) IN
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (f) Least Cost Routing (SRV = LCR) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 230 Issue 1 ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hoo
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (g) Register Sender LCR (SRV=LCRS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (h) Office Termination (SRV = UNIF) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 232 Issue 1 ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Ho
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (i) TENANT NUMBER (TN) Announcement Service (SRV = ANNC) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hook
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (j) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 234 Issue 1 Announcement Service-Multiple Announcement (SRV = ANNCM) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAX.
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (k) Paging Answer (SRV = PAGA) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) ROUTE NUMBER (RT) REMARKS PAGA PAGA
ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code (l) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 236 Issue 1 Paging Cancel (SRV = PAGC) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hookin
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM ASPAL: Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM 1. General This command determines the kind of service and the service Access Code to be executed on the Local Node (LN) in the Fusion network. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for the Business/Hotel (for Admin. station only) Application. 2. Use this command to assign the operator call and the priority call (terminating to ATT) in the FCCS network. 3.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE CONNECTION STATUS (ACC) INDEX MAX.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM Table 4-7 SID (ASPAL) SID SERVICE NAME SID 1 Call Hold 2 Dial Access to Attendant (Operator Call) 35* 3 Call Back; Entry/ Camp on By Station 36 4 Executive Right of Way 37* Priority Call 1 5 Call Waiting - Originating 38* Priority Call 2 6 Call Back; Cancel 39* Priority Call 3 7 Call Pickup 40 - 8* Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding All Calls (for trunk); Entry Note 1 41* 9 Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM Note 3: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID36 (Hotel Service) is assigned STATE (Hotel Service Code) SERVICE INDEX (SID) 1-63 36 STATE 1 2 3 4 5-8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21-24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56-62 63 To be cleaned without ID code Cleaning Completed without ID code Ready for Occupancy without ID code Use Not Allowed without ID code Maid Dial Answer Back without ID co
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM Note 4: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID56 (Floor Service) is assigned SERVICE INDEX (SID) 1-63 56 NO.1 NO.1 (Kind of Assignment Number) Available numbers are 0-15. This data is used to assign Floor Service data by the ASPF command. Note: When programming Floor Service data, ASYD SYS1 INDEX 165, bit7=1 must have been assigned. Note 5: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID57 (Split Access) is assigned SERVICE INDEX (SID) 1-63 57 KIND NO.2 NO.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM When SRV=SSCA (Service Code Appendix) is assigned: NND NND appears when SIDA = 97 (Call Hold Conference). The number of digits for an access code should be assigned NND.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM When SRV = OGC (Outgoing call) is assigned LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) When SRV = OGCA (Outgoing call with route advance) is assigned Index counter (Count) INDEX 1 2 3 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) Count INDEX Assign the number of advanced trunk Route. INDEX is the route advance order.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM When SRV=ANNC (Announcement service-Single announcement) is assigned ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER (EQP) 0-127 EQP Assign the announce equipment number. See Table 4-6. When SRV=ANNCM (Announcement service-Multiple announcement) is assigned TENANT NUMBER ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 (EQP) 122-125 EQP TN Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM 4.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) Note 1, Note 2 SERVICE CONTENTS B Busy SSC 19 OG Trunk Queuing; Entry N Normal SSC 20 OG Trunk Queuing; Cancel SSC 21 Speed Calling – Station, Group; Access 22 Not used ~ N Normal 27 SSC 28 Call Forwarding I’m Here;
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) Note 1, Note 2 SERVICE CONTENTS 47 Not used N Normal SSC 48 Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-Up; Entry N Normal SSC 49 Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-Up; Cancel 50 Not used ~ TENANT NUMBER (TN) 55 N Normal N Normal Note 3 SSC 56 Floor Serv
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) MAID ACCESS CODE SERVICE CONNECTION KIND OF STATUS (ACC) INDEX STATUS INDEX SERVICE (STATE) MAXIMUM (SID) (CI) N/H/B (SRV) 1 – 63 6 DIGITS 1 – 63 SERVICE CONTENTS 1 To be cleaned without ID Code 2 Cleaned without ID Code 3 Ready for Occupancy without ID Code 4 Use Not Allowed without ID Code 5 Not used ~ TENANT NUMBER (TN) 8 N CHAPTER 4 Page 248 Issue 1 Normal SSC 9 Maid Dial Answer Back without I
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) MAID ACCESS CODE SERVICE CONNECTION KIND OF STATUS (ACC) INDEX STATUS INDEX SERVICE (STATE) MAXIMUM (SID) (CI) N/H/B (SRV) 1 – 63 6 DIGITS 1 – 63 21 SERVICE CONTENTS Not used ~ TENANT NUMBER (TN) 24 N Normal SSC 25 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-1 26 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-2 27 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-3 28 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-4 29 Maid Dial Answer Back with I
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) MAID ACCESS CODE SERVICE CONNECTION KIND OF STATUS (ACC) INDEX STATUS INDEX SERVICE (STATE) MAXIMUM (SID) (CI) N/H/B (SRV) 1 – 63 6 DIGITS 1 – 63 N Normal SSC 36 SERVICE CONTENTS 40 Alert Service Start (Hotel ATT) 41 Alert Service Stop (Hotel ATT) 42 Guest Service Telephone Screen Initialization 43 Guest Service Telephone Guest Room Information Retrieval 44 Direct Data Entry – STA
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE INDEX (SID) SERVICE INDEX NUMBER (No.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) Note: Split Access (Same Number Access) (SID = 57) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B N CHAPTER 4 Page 252 Issue 1 Normal KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE INDEX (SID) SSC 57 NDA-24298 ASSIGN NUMBER (NO.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (b) Service Code Appendix (SRV = SSCA) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SIDA) 1 – 255 Not used ~ 1 SERVICE CONTENTS 40 H Hooking B Busy H Hooking SSCA 41 SSCA 42 Message Reminder (Dterm) Not used ~ 43 Voice Call 45 N Normal SSCA 46 Line Load Control from ATTCON; Entry N Normal SSCA 47 Line Load Control from ATTCON; Cancel N
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (b) Service Code Appendix (SRV = SSCA) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B Normal SSCA SERVICE NECESSARY FEATURE DIGIT INDEX (NND) (SIDA) 1-6 1 – 255 SERVICE CONTENTS 68 Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel Recording: Retrieve 69 Not used ~ N KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) 84 Normal SSCA 85 Pad Lock; Cancel N Normal SSCA 86 C.F.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (c) Outgoing Call (SRV = OGC) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hook
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (d) Outgoing Call With Route Advance (SRV = OGCA) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CHAPTER 4 Page 256 Issue 1 CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Ho
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (e) Least Cost Routing (SRV = LCR) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (f) Register Sender LCR (SRV = LCRS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 258 Issue 1 ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Nor
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (g) Announcement Service (SRV = ANNC) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (h) Announcement Service-Multiple Announcement (SRV = ANNCM) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 260 Issue 1 ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAX.
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (i) TENANT NUMBER (TN) Paging Answer (SRV = PAGA) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) ROUTE NUMBER (RT) REMARKS
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (j) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 262 Issue 1 Paging Cancel (SRV = PAGC) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal
ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM (k) Telephone Number (SRV = TELN) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking KIND OF SERVIC
AMND : Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data AMND: Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data 1. General This command assigns the number of necessary digits to be received by the Register (ORT/IRT) circuit. 2. Precautions 1. When the dialed number for the outgoing call is started as assigned by the DC parameter, and when the digits specified by the MND parameter have been dialed, the following happen simultaneously.
AMND : Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data 3. Data Entry Instructions TN Enter the tenant number of the necessary digits data to be applied. DC Enter the access code + area/office code (or its element) to be specified the necessary digits. MND Enter desired maximum necessary digits.
AMND : Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data 4.
ARNP : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data ARNP: Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data 1. General This command assigns the access code for each individual route in accordance with the ARTD command. 2. Precautions 1. The ARNP command assignment is required in either of the following cases: (a) ASPA command SRV = LCR or SRV = LCRS (b) ARTD command SMDR = 1 (SMDR is provided) 2. The reversed number (ACC) assigned in this command is output to the SMDR as an access code for the originating call.
ARNP : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data 3. Data Entry Instructions RT The external trunk route number. ACC Enter the ACC.
ARNP : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data 4. Data Sheet ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 0 ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS REMARKS Self Office Identification Code (for No.
ARNPL : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM ARNPL: Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the access code for each individual logical route in accordance with the ARTDN command. 2. Precautions 1. The ARNPL command assignment is required in either of the following cases: (a) ASPAL/ASPAN command SRV = LCR or SRV= LCRS (b) ARTD/ARTDN command SMDR = 1 (SMDR is provided) 2.
ARNPL : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions LGRT The external trunk route number. ACC Enter the ACC.
ARNPL : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS REMARKS 0 Self Office Identification Code (for No.
ANND : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data ANND: Assignment of Necessary Digits Data 1. General This command assigns the necessary number of digits for a particular trunk route. 2. Precautions 1. This command is needed when the originating call uses both OG mode and signaling as follows: (a) ASPA command SRV = 4/5 (OGC/OGCA) (b) ARTD command OSGS = 4/6/7 (Sender Immediate Start/Sender Delay Dial Start/Sender Wink Start) 2.
ANND : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data 3. Data Entry Instructions NND Enter desired number of necessary digits.
ANND : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data 4.
ANNDL : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data for LDM ANNDL: Assignment of Necessary Digits Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the necessary number of digits for a particular logical trunk route. 2. Precautions 1. This command is needed when the originating call uses both OG mode and signaling as follows: (a) ASPAL/ASPAN command SRV = OGC/OGCA (b) ARTD/ARTDN command OSGS = 4/6/7 (Sender Immediate Start/Sender Delay Dial Start/Sender Wink Start) 2.
ANNDL : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data for LDM 4.
ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern ASTP: Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern 1. General This command assigns the Incoming/Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI/PNO) for the incoming or outgoing trunk route. 2. Precautions 1. The PNI/PNO is an intermediate parameter to assign an additional number (and skip digits) by the AISP/ AOSP command. (a) When IC/OG = 1 (Incoming) is entered, the additional number is assigned by the AISP command.
ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern 3. Data Entry Instructions PNI PNI appears when IC/OG=I is entered. Enter any number with a range from 1 to 15. IC/OG I=Incoming O=Outgoing KIND OF ASSIGNMENT (IC/OG) I/O TENANT NUMBER (TN) I 1 ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 0 0 1 INCOMING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER (PNI) 1-15 1 OUTGOING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER (PNO) 1-15 pnip PNO PNO PNO is appeared when IC/OG=O is entered. Enter any number with a range from 1 to 15.
ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern 4.
ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern (b) Outgoing KIND OF ASSIGNMENT (IC/OG) 1/2 TENANT NUMBER (TN) ROUTE NUMBER (RT) OUTGOING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER (PNO) 1 – 15 REMARKS 2 NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 281 Issue 1
ASTPL : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM ASTPL: Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM 1. General This command assigns the Incoming/Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI/PNO) for incoming or outgoing trunk route. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. The PNI/PNO is an intermediate parameter to assign additional number (and skip digits) by the AISPL/ AOSPL command.
ASTPL : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM 4.
ASTPL : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM (b) Outgoing KIND OF ASSIGNMENT (IC/OG) I/O TENANT NUMBER (TN) LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 OUTGOING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER (PNO) 1 – 15 O CHAPTER 4 Page 284 Issue 1 NDA-24298 REMARKS
ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM ASTPN: Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM 1. General This command assigns the Incoming/Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI/PNO) for incoming or outgoing trunk route in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions IC/OG I=Incoming O=Outgoing KIND OF ASSIGNMENT (IC/OG) I/O TENANT NUMBER (TN) I 1 PNI PNI appears when IC/OG=I is entered. Enter any number with a range from 1 to 15. LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 0 0 1 INCOMING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER (PNI) 1-15 1 OUTGOING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER (PNO) 1-15 pnip PNO PNO PNO appears when IC/OG=O is entered. Enter any number with a range from 1 to 15.
ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM 4.
ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM (b) Outgoing KIND OF ASSIGNMENT (IC/OG) I/O TENANT NUMBER (TN) LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 OUTGOING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER (PNO) 1 – 15 O CHAPTER 4 Page 288 Issue 1 NDA-24298 REMARKS
AOSP : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern AOSP: Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern 1. General This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO). 2. Precautions 3. 1. Before using this command, make sure that an Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO) has been assigned in the ASTP command. 2. The transmit number translation of the OGC/OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTP/AOSP command.
AOSP : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern 4.
AOSPL : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM AOSPL: Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM 1. General This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO). This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 3. 1. Before using this command, make sure that an Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO) has been assigned in the ASTPL command. 2.
AOSPL : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM 4.
AOSPN : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM AOSPN: Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM 1. General This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO) in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 3. 1.
AOSPN : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM 4.
ACMO : Assignment of Clocked Manual Override ACMO: Assignment of Clocked Manual Override 1. General This command assigns the Clocked Manual Override data, which is used for changing routes during a specific day and specific time period, such as a holiday (Month/Day/Hour/Minute). 2. Precautions 1. The BLOCK parameter is a data index (0-7). A maximum of eight kinds of Clocked Manual Override Data can be assigned. 2. The PTN parameter corresponds to the TDPTN parameter assigned by the AOPR/ASDC command.
ACMO : Assignment of Clocked Manual Override 4.
ATCP : Assignment of Time/Pattern Change Information Data ATCP: Assignment of Time/Pattern Change Information Data 1. General This command assigns the time period corresponding to each Time of Day Change Pattern Number (TDPTN). These Time of Day Change Patterns are used to change the routes to be used during a specific time period so that trunks can be used effectively and call charges can be kept to a minimum. 2. Precautions 1.
ATCP : Assignment of Time/Pattern Change Information Data 4. Data Sheet TIME DATA FOR TDPTN (FROM) HOUR (TO) MINUTE HOUR MINUTE TIME OF DAY CHANGE PATTERN (TDPTN) 0–7 : : 0 : : 1 : : 2 : : 3 : : 4 : : 5 : : 6 : : 7 Note 1: Assignment intervals must be at least 30 minutes. Note 2: The system fills in any unassigned time patterns for a 24-hour period.
AFRS : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data AFRS: Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data 1. General This command assigns the area and/or office code data for the related OPR. 2. Precautions 1. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data in this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX93, bit4=1), assign TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants. 2.
AFRS : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data 3. Data Entry Instructions NPC NPC is the Toll Distinctive Code (TDC), NPA and or NXX. This data can be a maximum of sixteen (16) digits. This data may include the access code for LCR/LCRS. TENANT ROUTE NUMBER NUMBER (RT) (TN) 1 1 OUTGOING ROUTE SELECTION NUMBER (OPR) 0-4000 NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAX.
AFRS : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) ROUTE NUMBER (RT) NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAX.
AFRSL : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM AFRSL: Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the area and/or office code data for the OPR assigned by the AOPRL command. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
AFRSL : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions NPC NPC is the Toll Distinctive Code (TDC), NPA and or NXX. This data can be a maximum of sixteen (16) digits. This data may include the access code for LCR/LCRS. TENANT LOGICAL NUMBER ROUTE NUMBER (TN) (LGRT) 1-899 1 1 OUTGOING ROUTE SELECTION NUMBER (OPR) 0-4000 NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAX.
AFRSL : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 304 Issue 1 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAX.
AFRSN : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM AFRSN: Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the area and/or office code data for the OPR assigned by the AOPRN command. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX8.
AFRSN : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions NPC NPC is the Toll Distinctive Code (TDC), NPA and or NXX. This data can be a maximum of sixteen (16) digits.This data may include the access code for LCR/LCRS. TENANT LOGICAL NUMBER ROUTE NUMBER (TN) (LGRT) 1-899 1 1 OUTGOING ROUTE SELECTION NUMBER (OPR) 0-4000 NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAX.
AFRSN : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAX.
AOPR : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data AOPR: Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data 1. General This command assigns the LCR/LCRS routing pattern for each Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Routing (OPR) number. 2. Precautions 1. The OPR parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the AFRS command. 2. The TDPTN parameter is intermediate data to assign the ATCP command. The ATCP command is used to assign the time pattern. 3.
AOPR : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data 3. Data Entry Instructions RT Enter the external trunk route number which is seized in the RA. The B-channel/voice channel route number should be entered in the case of ISDN/CCIS interface. OPR Enter OPR assigned by the AFRS command. RA Enter the trunk route seizure order. E 0 = Route advance ends (Last route) 1= - SKIP Enter the number of digits to be skipped from dialed numbers.
AOPR : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data 4.
AOPRL : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM AOPRL: Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the LCR/LCRS routing pattern for each Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Routing (OPR) number. This command is required when LCR/LCRS activates via Fusion Link. 2. Precautions 1. The OPR parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the AFRSL command. 2. The TDPTN parameter is intermediate data to assign the ATCP command.
AOPRL : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions LGRT Enter the Logical Route number which is seized in the RA. The B-channel/voice channel route number should be entered in the case of ISDN/CCIS interface. OPR Enter OPR assigned by the AFRSL command. RA Enter the trunk route seizure order. SKIP Enter the number of digits to be skipped from dialed numbers.
AOPRL : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM 4.
AOPRN : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM AOPRN: Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the LCR/LCRS routing pattern for each Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Routing (OPR) number. This command is required when LCR/LCRS activates via Fusion Networking link. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
AOPRN : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions LGRT Enter the Logical Route number which is seized in the RA. The B-channel/voice channel route number should be entered in the case of ISDN/CCIS interface. OPR Enter OPR assigned by the AFRSN command. RA Enter the trunk route seizure order. SKIP Enter the number of digits to be skipped from dialed numbers.
AOPRN : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM 4.
APIPL : Assignment of IP Address Data for LDM APIPL: Assignment of IP Address Data for LDM 1. General This command is used to assign the IP address to Point Code. This data is written in the Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. This command is available. 3. Data Entry Instructions PC Enter the Point Code of Destination Node. DESTINATION POINT CODE (PC) 1-16367 P/S 0/1 TIMER 0-127 IP ADDRESS MAX. 8 ADDRESSES REMARKS IP ADDRESS Enter the IP address of the IPTRK card in the Destination Node.
APIPL : Assignment of IP Address Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet DESTINATION POINT CODE (PC) 1-16367 CHAPTER 4 Page 318 Issue 1 P/S 0/1 TIMER 0-127 IP ADDRESS MAX.
APIPN : Assignment of IP Address Data for NDM APIPN: Assignment of IP Address Data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign the IP address to Point Code. This data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command is available. 3. Data Entry Instructions PC Enter the Point Code of Destination Node.
APIPN : Assignment of IP Address Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet DESTINATION POINT CODE (PC) 1-16367 CHAPTER 4 Page 320 Issue 1 P/S 0/1 TIMER 0-127 IP ADDRESS MAX.
AADC : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data AADC: Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data 1. General This command assigns additional digit information for Least Cost Routing (LCR). 2. Precautions 1. Before using this command, confirm that a Pattern Number Location (PNL) has been assigned in the AOPR command. 2. The applicable number of additional digit (DC) varies depending on the PNL data assigned by the AOPR/ AUNE command.
AADC : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data 4. Data Sheet PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION (PNL) 1 – 999 CHAPTER 4 Page 322 Issue 1 ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION (DC) MAX.
AADCL : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM AADCL: Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns additional digit information for Least Cost Routing (LCR) activating via Fusion Link. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. Before using this command, confirm that a Pattern Number Location (PNL) has been assigned in the AOPRL command. 2.
AADCL : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION (PNL) 1 – 999 CHAPTER 4 Page 324 Issue 1 ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION (DC) MAX.
AADCN : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM AADCN: Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns additional digit information for LCR (Least Cost Routing) activating via Fusion Link. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command can be used only when logging in to NCN. 2.
AADCN : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION (PNL) 1 – 999 CHAPTER 4 Page 326 Issue 1 ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION (DC) MAX.
ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data ASDC: Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data 1. General This command is necessary when LCR six (6) digit translation is required for FX Prefix Codes, MCI, SPRINT and other applications. This command assigns, deletes, and displays this information. 2. Precautions 1.
ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data 3. Data Entry Instructions KIND 0 = PFX (Prefix) 1 = SCC (MCI, SPRINT) RA Enter RA as the route advancing order OPR Enter the OPR assigned by the AFRS command KIND OF TIME OF DAY CHANGE SELECTION PATTERN (KIND) NUMBER (TDPTN) 0-7 SELECTION PATTERN NUMBER (OPR) 0-4000 OFFICE Enter the office code OFLG The details of this parameter are shown below. INPUT = Input office code can be assigned. ALL = All office code can be assigned.
ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data 4.
ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data OUTGOING ROUTE TIME OF DAY CHANGE PATTERN NUMBER (TDPTN) 0–7 KIND OF SELECTION (KIND) PFX/SCC SELECTION PATTERN NUMBER (OPR) 0 – 4000 OFFICE CODE FLAG (OFLG) INPUT/ALL ROUTE ADVANCING ORDER (RA) 0–7 OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999 NX X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 X NX 80X 81X 82X 83X 84X 85X 86X 87X 88X 89X 90X 91X 92X 93X 94X 95X 96X 97X 98X 99X Note: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Designating Data (EFFECT) is assigned in
ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM ASDCL: Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM 1. General This command is necessary when LCR six (6) digit translation is required for FX Prefix Codes, MCI, SPRINT and other applications. This command assigns, deletes, and displays this information. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1.
ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions KIND 0 = PFX (Prefix) 1 = SCC (MCI, SPRINT) RA Enter RA as the route advancing order OPR Enter the OPR assigned by the AFRS command OFFICE Enter the office code OFLG The details of this parameter are shown below. INPUT = Input office code can be assigned. ALL = All office code can be assigned.
ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM 4.
ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM OUTGOING ROUTE TIME OF DAY CHANGE PATTERN NUMBER (TDPTN) 0–7 KIND OF SELECTION (KIND) PFX/SCC SELECTION PATTERN NUMBER (OPR) 0 – 4000 OFFICE CODE FLAG (OFLG) INPUT/ALL ROUTE ADVANCING ORDER (RA) 0–7 OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999 NX X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 X NX 80X 81X 82X 83X 84X 85X 86X 87X 88X 89X 90X 91X 92X 93X 94X 95X 96X 97X 98X 99X Note: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Designating Data (EFFECT) is as
ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM ASDCN: Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM 1. General This command is necessary when LCR six (6) digit translation is required for FX Prefix Codes, MCI, SPRINT and other applications. This command assigns, deletes, and displays this information. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions KIND 0 = PFX (Prefix) 1 = SCC (MCI, SPRINT) RA Enter RA as the route advancing order OPR Enter the OPR assigned by the AFRS command OFFICE Enter the office code OFLG The details of this parameter are shown below. INPUT = Input office code can be assigned. ALL = All office code can be assigned.
ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM 4.
ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM OUTGOING ROUTE TIME OF DAY CHANGE PATTERN NUMBER (TDPTN) 0–7 KIND OF SELECTION (KIND) PFX/SCC SELECTION PATTERN NUMBER (OPR) 0 – 4000 OFFICE CODE FLAG (OFLG) INPUT/ALL ROUTE ADVANCING ORDER (RA) 0–7 OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999 NX X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 X NX 80X 81X 82X 83X 84X 85X 86X 87X 88X 89X 90X 91X 92X 93X 94X 95X 96X 97X 98X 99X Note: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Designating Data (EFFECT) is as
AUNE : Assignment of Uniform Numbering AUNE: Assignment of Uniform Numbering 1. General This command assigns the data for an inter-network call termination. 2. Precautions 1. This command is available for both ACIS and CCIS. The call termination from CCIS requiring the office code skip needs this data. Example: When the network numberings are as follows, example office data is listed in the table.
AUNE : Assignment of Uniform Numbering 3. Data Entry Instructions RT Enter the dummy route number assigned by the ASPA command. SKIP Enter the appropriate number of digits to be omitted. NPC Enter the office code of self node including LCR access code. TENANT NUMBER (TN) OUTSIDE ROUTE NUMBER (RT) NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAXIMUM 12 DIGITS SKIP DATA DIGITS (SKIP) 0-12 PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION (PNL) 0-127 PNL Enter the PNL assigned by the AADC command with a range 1-127.
AUNE : Assignment of Uniform Numbering 4.
AUNEL : Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM AUNEL: Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data for an inter-network call termination. 2. Precautions This command is available for both ACIS and CCIS. The call termination from CCIS requiring the office code skip needs this data. Example: When the network numberings are as follows, example office data is listed in the table.
AUNEL : Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions LGRT Enter the dummy route number assigned by the ASPAL command. SKIP Enter the appropriate number of digits to be omitted. NPC Enter the office code of self node including LCR access code. TENANT NUMBER (TN) LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 NUMBER PATTERN CODE (NPC) MAXIMUM 16 DIGITS SKIP DATA DIGITS (SKIP) 0-12 PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION (PNL) 0-127 PNL Enter the PNL assigned by the AADCL command with a range 1-127.
AUNEL : Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM 4.
ALDN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number ALDN: Assignment of Listed Directory Number 1. General This command assigns the Listed Directory Number (LDN) which allows a Direct Inward Dialing (DID) call to terminate to Attendant Consoles. 2. Precautions 1. When the LDN number assigned by this command is dialed from PSTN, the call terminates to Attendant Consoles during the Day mode, and redirects to a station or outside party in the Night mode. 2.
ALDN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number 4.
ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM ALDNN: Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign the Listed Directory Number (LDN) which allows a Direct Inward Dialing (DID) call to terminate to Attendant Consoles within the Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM (b) TYPE = 1 (TELN) is selected; L-TELN Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to Attendant Console in Day mode. USER GROUP NUMBER OF LDN (L-UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER (L-TELN) MAX. 16 DIGITS TYPE 0 = No Night Transfer 1 = TELN 2 = To Outside 3 = ADC FUSION TENANT POINT CODE NUMBER TYPE (FPC) (TN) 1-253 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM (d) TYPE = 3 (ADC) is selected; L-TELN Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to Attendant Console in Day mode. USER GROUP NUMBER OF LDN (L-UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER (L-TELN) MAX.
ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM 4. Data Sheet (a) TYPE = 0 (No Night Transfer) is selected; USER GROUP NUMBER OF LDN (L-UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER (L-TELN) MAX. 16 DIGITS FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 TENANT NUMBER (TN) TYPE REMARKS (b) TYPE = 1 (TELN) is selected; USER GROUP NUMBER OF LDN (L-UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 350 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER OF LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER (L-TELN) MAX.
ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM (c) TYPE = 2 (To Outside) is selected; USER GROUP NUMBER OF LDN (L-UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER (L-TELN) MAX. 16 DIGITS FUSION TENANT POINT CODE NUMBER TYPE (FPC) (TN) 1-253 DESTINATION NUMBER (DC) MAX. 16 DIGITS (d) TYPE = 3 (ADC) is selected; USER GROUP NUMBER OF LDN (L-UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER (L-TELN) MAX.
AISP : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern AISP: Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern 1. General This command assigns additional digits information with respect to the Incoming Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI). 2. Precautions 1. Since the PNI is an intermediate parameter to the ASTP command, assign the PNI for the incoming route number by the ASTP command before assigning the AISP command. 2. The system processes the ASTP/AISP command prior to the numbering plan data.
AISP : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern 4.
AISPL : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for LDM AISPL: Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for LDM 1. General This command is used to assign additional digits information with respect to the Incoming Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI). This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. Since the PNI is an intermediate parameter to the ASTPL command, assign the PNI for the incoming route number by the ASTPL command before assigning the AISPL command. 2.
AISPL : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for LDM 4.
AISPN : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for NDM AISPN: Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign additional digits information with respect to the Incoming Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI). The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
AISPN : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for NDM 4.
ARAC : Assignment of Remote Access Code ARAC: Assignment of Remote Access Code 1. General This command is used when the system provides the Remote Access to System service feature for a TIE line or DID line. 2. Precautions 1. The Remote Access to System service feature is activated when the access code (assigned at ACC parameter of this command) is called from a TIE line or a DID line.
ARAC : Assignment of Remote Access Code 3. Data Entry Instructions ICTN ACC Enter the tenant number assigned by the ATRK command. Enter an in dial number to begin the Remote Access to System service feature. TENANT NUMBER ACCESS CODE IC TRUNK (ICTN) (ACC) MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS TENANT NUMBER FOR KIND OF R/M (RM) RM R = Remote Access Code M = Manual Roaming (Not used) AUTHORIZATION CODE REMARKS (TN) TN Enter the tenant number assigned by the AATC command.
ARAC : Assignment of Remote Access Code 4.
ARSC : Assignment of Route Restriction Class ARSC: Assignment of Route Restriction Class 1. General This command assigns route restriction information according to the Route Restriction Class (RSC) of the station and the Route Number (RT). 2. Precautions 1. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX75, bit 0=1. 2. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
ARSC : Assignment of Route Restriction Class 3. Data Entry Instructions D/N D = Day mode N = Night mode TN Enter the tenant number which affects this restriction table RT Enter the trunk route number assigned by the ARTD/ATRK commands.
ARSC : Assignment of Route Restriction Class 4.
ARSCN : Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM ARSCN: Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM 1. General This command assigns route restriction information according to the Route Restriction Class (RSC) of the station and the Logical Route Number in the Fusion network. 2. Precautions 1. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX75, bit 0=1. 2. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX8.
ARSCN : Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions D/N D = Day mode N = Night mode TN Enter the tenant number which affects this restriction table. LGRT Enter the unique Logical Route number in the Fusion network. DAY/NIGHT MODE (D/N) D/N 1 TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 1 RRI 0 = IC Restriction via ATT/STA 1 = IC Restriction Directly 2 = OG Restriction via ATT/STA 3 = OG Restriction Directly See Precaution 4 for more details.
ARSCN : Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM 4.
ARRC : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction ARRC: Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction 1. General This command is used to accomplish trunk tandem connection. 2. Precautions 1. The ASTD command is also required to access trunk tandem connections including C.O. Line. 2. When data “2 (Toll Restriction is required)” is assigned at the ARI-D_RES parameter, the ATDP command designates the connection allowed area (office) code. 3.
ARRC : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction 4.
ARRCN : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM ARRCN: Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM 1. General This command establishes trunk tandem connection (Logical route to Logical route via the Fusion network). This data is written in the NDM of the NCN. 2. Precautions 1. The ASTD command is also required to access trunk tandem connections including C.O. Line. 2.
ARRCN : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM 4.
ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data ATDP: Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data 1. General This command assigns the area code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for both an outgoing connection and a tandem connection. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES = 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the ARSC command or in the ARRC command. 2. The office code following the area code assigned on this command can also be specified by AARP command. 3.
ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data (b) 6-Digit Toll Restriction 9 - 1 - NPA - Nxx - xxxx A 6-digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents (NPA - Nxx in this case) of the 6 digits that follow the toll code. If data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NAP - Nxx. • At Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDP) DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 6 (NPA - Nxx) • At Area & Office Code Data (AARP) DC = NAP - Nxx (6 digits) 4.
ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data 3. Data Entry Instructions ♦ Tandem Switching TDM/OG 1 = Tandem Connection 2 = Outgoing Connection TANDEM/ OUTGOING CONNECTION (TDM/OG) TDI Restriction Data 0 = Connection is Restricted 1 = Connection is Allowed 2 = 3/6 Digit Toll Restriction 3 = C.O. Operator Call (9+0) DAY/NIGHT D = Day Mode N = Night Mode DAY/NIGHT MODE (DAY/NIGHT) INCOMING ROUTE NUMBER (ICRT) OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER (OGRT) DESTINATION (AREA) CODE (DC) MAX.
ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data 4.
ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data (b) Outgoing Connection (TDM/OG = 2) TANDEM/ OUTGOING (TDM/OG) DAY/NIGHT MODE (DAY/NIGHT) 1/2 ROUTE RESTRICTION NUMBER (RSC) 0 – 15 OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER (OGRT) DESTINATION (AREA) CODE (DC) MAX.
ATDPL : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM ATDPL: Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the area code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for an outgoing connection. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). When using common Toll Code Restriction data in Fusion Network, assign this data via the ATDPN command. 2. Precautions 1.
ATDPL : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM If data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA - Nxx. • At Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM (ATDPL) DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 6 (NPA - Nxx) • At Area & Office Code Data (AARPL) DC = NAP - Nxx (6 digits) 4. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, Bit 3=1. 3.
ATDPL : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet DAY/NIGHT MODE (DAY/NIGHT) D/N CHAPTER 4 Page 378 Issue 1 ROUTE RESTRICTION NUMBER (RSC) 0-15 OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (OGLGRT) 1-899 DESTINATION (AREA) CODE (DC) MAX.
ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM ATDPN: Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the area code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for both an outgoing connection and a tandem connection. This data is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN). The data assigned by this command is used in common within the Fusion Network. 2. Precautions 1.
ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM If data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA - Nxx. • At Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDPN) DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 6 (NPA - Nxx) • At Area & Office Code Data (AARPN) DC = NAP - Nxx (6 digits) 4. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified by the ASYDN command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, Bit 3 = 1. 5. The rest of the parameter appearance depends on the data entered in TDM/OG parameter.
ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions Tandem Switching TDM/OG T = Tandem Connection O = Outgoing Connection TANDEM/ OUTGOING CONNECTION (TDM/OG) DAY/NIGHT MODE (DAY/NIGHT) TDI Restriction Data 0 = Connection is Restricted 1 = Connection is Allowed 2 = 3/6 Digit Toll Restriction 3 = C.O.
ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM 4.
ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM (b) Outgoing Connection (TDM/OG = O) TANDEM/ OUTGOING (TDM/OG) DAY/NIGHT MODE (DAY/NIGHT) D/N ROUTE RESTRICTION NUMBER (RSC) 0-15 OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (OGLGRT) 1-899 DESTINATION (AREA) CODE (DC) MAX.
AARP : Assignment of Area Code Restriction AARP: Assignment of Area Code Restriction 1. General This command assigns the area/office code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits in conjunction with ATDP command. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES E 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the ARSC command or in the ARRC command. 3. Data Entry Instructions FLAG Select either 3 Digits or 6 Digits check box.
AARP : Assignment of Area Code Restriction 4. Data Sheet OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER (OGRT) ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC) 0 -15 FLAG OF 3 OR 6 DIGITS (FLAG) 3 Digits/6 Digits DESTINATION (AREA/OFFICE) CODE (DC) MAX.
AARPL : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for LDM AARPL: Assignment of Area Code Restriction for LDM 1. General This command assigns the area/office code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for Fusion service in conjunction with ATDPL (for LDM)/ATDPN (for NDM) command. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). When common data is needed in the Fusion Network, assign the data by the AARPN command. 2. Precautions 1.
AARPL : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for LDM 4. Data Sheet OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (OG-LGRT) 1-899 ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC) 0 -15 FLAG OF 3 OR 6 DIGITS (FLAG) 3 Digits/6 Digits DESTINATION (AREA/OFFICE) CODE (DC) MAX.
AARPN : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for NDM AARPN: Assignment of Area Code Restriction for NDM 1. General This command assigns the area/office code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for Fusion service in conjunction with ATDPL (for LDM)/ATDPN (for NDM) command. This data is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN). 2. Precautions 1.
AARPN : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for NDM 4. Data Sheet OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (OGLGRT) 1-899 ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC) 0 -15 FLAG OF 3 OR 6 DIGITS (FLAG) 3 Digits/6 Digits DESTINATION (AREA/OFFICE) CODE (DC) MAX.
APCR : Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data APCR: Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data 1. General This command assigns the restricted area code for LCR outgoing call. 2. Precautions 1. The restriction check by this command is to be executed prior to the ARSC/ATDP/AARP commands. 2. The restricted area code assigned in the PDC parameter can be numbers (0 - 9, * and #), the mask code “X” which represents all kind of numbers (0 - 9, * and #), or “P” for a pause. 3.
APCR : Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data 4. Data Sheet Note: Restriction Data (RES) is assigned in the squares where BLOCK and RSC cross. When unassigned, Restriction Data is set as “0” (Restricted Status). Allowed Status Data is “1,” and must be assigned to allow the PDC to be dialed.
AEFR : Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data AEFR: Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data 1. General This command assigns the allowable connections among the RSC1 (Calling Party’s Restriction Class) and RSC2 (Called Party’s Restriction Class). 2. Precautions 1. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX75, Bit 4=1. 2. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
AEFR : Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data 3.
AEFR : Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data 4.
ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class ASFC: Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class 1. General This command assigns the Service Feature Restriction Class (SFC) for the Service Feature Index (SFI). 2. Precautions 1. Table 4-8 provides the service feature name that corresponds to the SFI. Since the service feature indicated “-” in the table may not always be “Not used” index, do not enter RES = 1 for “-” for the indicated SFI to prevent unexpected service feature effects. 2.
ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class 3. Data Entry Instructions D/N D = Day N = Night DAY/NIGHT MODE D/N SFI Enter the SFI. Refer to Table 4-8. TENANT NUMBER (TN) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SFI) 1-255 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS (SFC) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 RESTRICTION DATA (RES) is assigned in the squares where SFI and SFC cross. When unassigned, Restriction Data corresponding SFI recognized “0” (Restriction status).
ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class Table 4-8 SFI (Continued) SFI SERVICE FEATURE 14 System Message Detail Recording (SMDR) - Trunk Basis 15 - 16 Line Load Control 17-18 - 19 Individual Speed Calling (Speed Calling - Station/Group) 20 - 21 Off-Hook OG Queuing 22 - 23 Voice Mail Password Display Elimination 24 Emergency Call 25 Call Forward Outside - Local (0 = Restricted, 1 = Allowed) 26 Call Forward Outside - Long Distance (0 = Restricted, 1 = Allowed) 27 Acco
ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class Table 4-8 SFI (Continued) SFI SERVICE FEATURE 51 Boss-Secretary Features 52 Voice Call using an Access Code 53 Message Reminder using an Access Code 54 Priority Call 1 55 Priority Call 2 56 Priority Call 3 57 Priority Paging 58 Station-to-Station Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) Call 59-61 - 62 Priority Outgoing Queue 63 Outgoing Queue Override 64-66 - 67 Call Park-Access and Answer 68 Call Park-Called 69 Automatic
ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class Table 4-8 SFI (Continued) SFI 94 SERVICE FEATURE Calling Party’s Number Display Reject to ISDN Line 95 Direct IC Call Restriction (for ACD only) 96 - 97 Send facility Message Requesting SID Information 98 Send facility Message Requesting ANI Information 99 Call Forward I’m Here (Destination) 100 Call Forward I’m Here (Origination) 101-102 - 103 Assignment of No Answer Timer for Blind Transfer to Station/Blind Transfer to Attendant 104
ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class Table 4-8 SFI (Continued) SFI 140 141-144 SERVICE FEATURE Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when THREE-WAY CALLING is established using Consultation Hold Enhancement - 145 Internal Zone Page Answer 146 Analog Caller ID-Station 147 - 148 Personal Ringer 149-150 - 151 When CF-OUT SIDE is performed, Route Restriction Class of the station which has set CF-OUT SIDE is used 152 - 153 Analog Caller ID-Station (Single Mode) 154 - 155
ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class 4.
ACFR : Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction ACFR: Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction 1. General This command assigns various kinds of trunk call forwarding restriction data on a tenant basis. 2. Precautions The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX92, bit5=1), assign TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.
ACFR : Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction 3. Data Entry Instructions CCI 0 = Attendant Call 1 = LDN (C.O.
ACFR : Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction 4.
ATNR : Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data ATNR: Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data 1. General This command assigns the tenant restriction data for each objective situation. 2. Precautions 1. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX75, bit 2=1. 2. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
ATNR : Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data 3.
ATNR : Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data 4.
AABD : Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data AABD: Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data 1. General This command assigns the Speed Calling system Restriction Data. This data is added to the Service Feature Class of an individual station assigned to the Speed Calling system in order to restrict it from originating calls. 2. Precautions 1. The Abbreviated Digit Codes (ADC) should already be assigned by the ASPD command. 2.
AABD : Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) Note: SPEED CALLING CODE (ADC) MAX. 4 DIGITS SERVICE FEATURE CLASS (SFC) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Restriction Data (RES) is assigned in the squares where SFC and ADC cross.
ASDT : Assignment of Station Data ASDT: Assignment of Station Data 1. General This command assigns/deletes the physical station data. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for Business application. The AAST/AGST commands are used for Hotel application. 2. The ASTN command may be used to change the station number. 3. The ASCL command may be used to change the Class (TEC, RSC, and/or SFC) of the station. 4. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. 5.
ASDT : Assignment of Station Data Level Group n+3 Group n+2 LINE16 6 LINE15 5 LINE14 4 LINE13 3 LINE12 2 LINE11 1 LINE10 LV0 LINE9 LV7 LINE8 6 LINE7 5 LINE6 4 LINE5 3 LINE4 2 LINE3 1 LINE2 LV0 LINE1 Level LV7 LINE16 LV7 6 LINE15 6 5 LINE14 4 LINE13 3 LINE12 2 LINE11 1 LINE10 5 Group n+1 1 LINE9 LV0 LV7 LINE8 LV7 6 LINE7 6 5 LINE6 5 4 LINE5 3 LINE4 2 LINE3 1 LINE2 1 LV0 LINE1 LV0 When assigning Dterm, 4 Group n 3 2 IN CASE OF 32
ASDT : Assignment of Station Data 3. Data Entry Instructions TEC 2 = PB 1 = DP (10 pps) 3 = DP/PB 4 = DP (20 pps) 5-11 = Not Used 12 = Dterm term 13 = Data Terminal via D 14 = Hot Line 15 = CAS Line 16 = Data Terminal via Data Module 17 = Not Used 18 = Virtual Line Appearance (for Dterm Multi-Line) 19 = TMM 20 = PSM 21 = ACD 22 = EMM 23 = ISDN Terminal 24-26 = Not Used 27 = Eight Conference Equipment 28-31 = Not Used TN The applicable TN is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 8.
ASDT : Assignment of Station Data 4.
ASTN : Assignment of Station Number ASTN: Assignment of Station Number 1. General This command changes the physical station number assigned to a particular LEN. 2. Precautions 1. The primary digit, the number of digits, and the kind of service (SRV = 1) which is designated by the ANPD and ASPA command affect the new station number. The new station number must be assigned according to the numbering plan data. 2. The number of Station Number (STN) digits is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX16.
ASCL : Assignment of Station Class Data ASCL: Assignment of Station Class Data 1. General This command changes the Telephone Equipment Class (TEC), Route Restriction Class (RSC), and Service Feature Restriction Class (SFC), without changing the station number. 2. Precautions 1. The station class data (TEC, RSC and SFC) can be changed by the ASCL command, even if the station to be changed is in busy status. (Conversation is in progress.) When the station becomes idle, the new class becomes effective. 2.
ASCL : Assignment of Station Class Data 3.
ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to change the Telephone Equipment Class (TEC), Route Restriction Class (RSC), and Service Feature Restriction Class (SFC), without changing the station number. The station data of ASCL command can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instruction TELN Enter the Telephone Number of the station which the station class data to be changed. USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits RSC Enter the Route Restriction Class referring to the ARSC command.
ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.
APHN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data APHN: Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data 1. General This command assigns a phantom number for a station. 2. Precautions 1. Numbers that are being used as station or LDN numbers cannot be used as phantom numbers. 2. When an incoming call is terminated to a phantom number, either no station hunting or station hunting depending on the data in the PH parameter is performed if the called station is a member station of a hunt group. 3.
APHN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data 3. Data Entry Instructions ♦ Assignment PHSTN PH 0 = Individual Phantom Number 1 = Phantom Number in a Hunting Group REAL STN Enter a station number A maximum of 5 phantom station numbers can be assigned for a real station.
APHN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data 4.
APHNL : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM APHNL: Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM 1. General This command assigns Phantom Telephone Number (PHTELN) to Telephone Number of stations (TELN). 2. Precautions 1. The total number of Phantom Telephone Number (PHTELN) and Telephone Number for station (TELN) can not exceeds 60,000 in a system. 2. Maximum 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be assigned to a Telephone Number of a station. 3.
APHNL : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM 4.
APHNN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM APHNN: Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM 1. General This command assigns Phantom Telephone Number (PHTELN) to Telephone Number of stations (TELN) in Fusion Network. This data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
APHNN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM 4.
ANDD : Assignment of Name Display Data ANDD: Assignment of Name Display Data 1. General This command assigns user information (user’s name) onto a Station to program the Name Display - System service feature. 2. Precautions 1. The Name Display - System service feature allows a Dterm with LCD to show the user information that corresponds to the calling station number while it is engaged in a station-to-station call. 2.
ANDD : Assignment of Name Display Data 4.
ANDD_T : Assignment of Name Display Data – Telephone Number ANDD_T : Assignment of Name Display Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign user information (user’s name) onto a Station to program the Name Display System service feature. The station data of ANDD command can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command. 2.
ANDD_T : Assignment of Name Display Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 430 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.
ALGNL : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for LDM ALGNL: Assignment of Telephone Number Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the individual attendant identification number (Telephone Number) available in the self (local) node only. 2. Precautions 1. This individual attendant identification number is available in the self (local) node only. If the individual attendant identification number for the Fusion network is required, use the ALGNN command. 2.
ALGNL : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 432 Issue 1 TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM ALGSL: Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data pertaining to the relationship between Telephone Station Number (TELN) and the physical station. 2. Precautions 1. This Telephone Number can be used in the self (local) node only. Use the ALGSN command if the Telephone Number for the Fusion network is required. 2. The TYPE parameter designates the programming method of the physical station.
ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions ♦ TYPE = 1 (LENS is used to specify the Telephone station number.) TYPE 1 = LENS is used to specify the Telephone station number 2 = STN is used to specify the Telephone station number TYPE USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) 1 1 1 1 1 1 TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet (a) TYPE = 1 (LENS is used to specify the physical station number.
ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM (b) TYPE = 2 (STN is used to specify the physical station number.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm AKYD: Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 1. General This command assigns the following key data corresponding to each line/feature button on a Dterm. • Line Key Data • Function Key Data • Intercom Key Data • DSS Key Data 2. Precautions 1. The Dterm Series III (16-button type) and Dterm Series E have the default key data. (Refer to Precautions 6.) If the default data is to be used, assignment in AKYD is not necessary.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 5. A virtual line can be assigned as a Sub Line of the Dterm. The virtual line can be used the same way as the My Line for outgoing calls and other service operations. Note: Virtual Line --- A virtual LENS exists only in memory, but does not exist physically. Data can be assigned but no hardware is required: Example: LENS = 000311. The virtual LENS is assigned by the ASDT command in the same way as an ordinary line.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 9. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. 10. There is no default key data provided for Dterm (8-button type). The key data for all the line/feature buttons must be programmed. When assigning the key data of the line/feature button, take the following precautions: (a) My Line Key must be assigned in KYN = 1-8, and KYN = 9-16 should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not used).
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 12. When using 16 ELCJ (SR 3295, PROG-B or later), the FKY = 49: Speed Calling-One Touch can be assigned to a maximum of 16 Key Numbers (KYNS). Note 1: Speed Calling-One Touch data can be saved by the BOSD command. Note 2: Assign the data to the Key Numbers (KYN) in the consecutive order. 13. For Call Forwarding-Busy Line and Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer, refer to ASYD SYS1 Index5 (separate/common access for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F.-Don’t Answer).
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 19 Line/Feature Buttons MIC O 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO FNC 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYD CNF 0 OPER # TRF ANS HOLD RECALL LINE /SPD SPKR 1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12 Figure 4-3 Dterm Series III (24-Button Type) 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 2 ABC 3 DEF RECALL 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO FNC 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WX
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 2 ABC 3 DEF RECALL 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO FNC 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYD CNF 0 OPER # LINE /SPD TRF ANS SPKR MIC O 1 HOLD Figure 4-5 Dterm Series III (8-Button Type) CHAPTER 4 Page 442 Issue 1 NDA-24298 Line/Feature Buttons
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Key No. 4 Feature 6 Recall 1 Conf 0 # 7 5 3 8 Hold Transfer Answer Speaker 2 Redial FLEX KEY Figure 4-6 Dterm Series E (8-Button Type without LCD) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Key No.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 1 Key No. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 Feature 6 Recall 1 Conf 0 # 7 5 3 8 Hold Transfer Answer Speaker 2 Redial FLEX KEY Figure 4-8 Dterm Series E (16-Button Type) Note 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 Feature 6 Recall 7 8 9 0 # 1 Conf 2 Redial 7 5 3 8 Hold Transfer Answer Speaker FLEX KEY Note: These keys can be used as either Line/Trunk/Feature key or DSS key (See Figure 4-10).
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm (1) EXIT HELP KEY NUMBER appearance 1 5 9 13 2 6 10 14 3 7 11 15 4 8 12 16 5 11 17 23 25 27 29 31 6 12 18 24 26 28 30 32 Line / Trunk / Feature Key Dss Key (3) (2) EXIT HELP EXIT KEY NUMBER appearance 1 7 13 19 2 8 14 20 3 9 15 21 4 10 16 22 5 11 17 23 25 27 29 31 HELP KEY NUMBER appearance 6 12 18 24 26 28 30 32 1 7 13 19 2 8 14 20 3 9 15 21 4 10 16 22 5 11 17 23 25 27 29 31 6 12 18 24 26 28 30 32 The Key arrangement designated by the ADK
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm 3. Data Entry Instructions PRI L: As per Preference pattern when PRI LINE PREFERENCE the SPEAKER button is pressed. 1 3 2 D: Dial Intercom Line (Ringing L 0 Station) D L 1 A: Automatic Intercom Line A L 2 (Ringing Station) M L 3 M: Manual Intercom Line A L M 4 (Signaling Station) S OFF-HOOK suppression 0=NO 1=Yes MY LINE SPK This data is only available in the case of LN PRE=Customize.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm • For the Line/Feature keys FKY See the Table 4-12. KEY NUMBER (KYN) SERVICE CONDITION (KYI) 0-2 KD 0 = Line 1 = Intercom 2 = DSS Key FEATURE KEY CODE (FKY) ICM 0 = Automatic 1 = Manual 2 = Dial G-ID Enter unique number for each Intercom group within the range from 1 to 50.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm Table 4-12 FKY * * * * * * * * * * * * * 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 FKY 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102-112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 * Data Transfer (DTX) Message Waiting Lamp (MW) OAI Key Code 1 10 11 * 31 32 33 34 9 FKY(1-320) Service name OAI Key Code 2 OAI Key Code 3 OAI Key Code 4 OAI Key Code 5 OAI Key Code 6 OAI Key Code 7 OAI Key Code 8 OAI Key Code 9 OAI Key Code 10 OAI Key Code 11 OAI Key Code 12 OAI Key Code 13 UCD Call Wa
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm Table 4-13 RG RINGING RG (0-7) DELAY TIME DAY NIGHT 0 NO (No Ringing) No Ringing 1 YES (Ringing) No Ringing 0 sec. 2 NO (No Ringing) Ringing 0 sec. 3 Not used Not used 4 YES (Ringing) Ringing 30 sec. 5 YES (Ringing) Ringing 20 sec. 6 YES (Ringing) Ringing 10 sec. 4.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm MY LINE TENANT NUMBER (TN) STATION NUMBER (STN) PRIME LINE ALLOW MESSAGE PRIORITY LINE OG WAITING OF LINE PREFERENCE FROM DATA ANSWERING TENANT STATION PRIME DISPLAY PREFERENCE FOR SPEAKER CALL (LN PRE) BUTTON NUMBER NUMBER LINE SELECTION (PRI) 0/1 (SPK) (PL TN) (PL STN) (S) (MWD) 0-4 0-3 0/1 0/1 LINE PREFERENCE FOR ANSWER BUTTON (ANS) 0-2 MULTI LINE KEY NUMBER (KYN) SERVICE CONDITION (KYI) 0–2 FEATURE KEY CODE (FKY) 1-320 KIND OF LINE (KD) 0-2 TENANT NUMBER
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm MULTI LINE KEY NUMBER (KYN) SERVICE CONDITION (KYI) 0–2 FEATURE KEY CODE (FKY) 1-320 KIND OF LINE (KD) 0-2 TENANT NUMBER (TN) STATION NUMBER (STN) INTERCOM RING INFORMATION FOR EACH LINE (RG) 0-7 KIND OF INCOM (ICM) 0-2 GROUP ID NUMBER (G-ID) 1-50 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 Note 1: When KYI = None, it is not necessary to assign any data. Note 2: When KYI = FUNCTION, assign data for FKY only.
AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm (b) When KD = 2 (for key assignment of DSS Console).
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number AKYD_T: Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number 1. General This command assigns the Line Key, Function Key, Intercom Key, and DSS Key data corresponding to each line/feature button on a Dterm. The station data of AKYD command can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command. 2.
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number 7. A Multi-Line key (the key for My Line and Sub Line) on the Dterm can be assigned as Prime Line. If the Prime Line is not assigned, the My Line serves as the Prime Line. When the user goes off-hook, the Prime Line is automatically selected on the Dterm. 8. A virtual line can be assigned as a Sub Line of the Dterm. The virtual line can be used the same way as the My Line for outgoing calls and other service operations.
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number 12. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. 13. There is no default key data provided for Dterm (8-button type). The key data for all the line/feature buttons must be programmed. When assigning the key data of the line/feature button, take the following precautions: (a) My Line Key must be assigned in KYN = 1-8, and KYN = 9-16 should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not used).
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number 16. For Call Forwarding-Busy Line and Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer, refer to ASYD SYS1 Index5 (separate/common access for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F.-Don’t Answer). If common access codes are assigned, only one key is required to activate the features. If separate access codes are assigned, separate function keys must be assigned. 17.
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instructions PRI 0 1 2 3 4 PRI L: As per Preference pattern when the SPEAKER button is pressed. D: Dial Intercom Line (Ringing Station) A: Automatic Intercom Line (Ringing Station) M: Manual Intercom Line (Signaling Station) LINE PREFERENCE 1 3 2 L D L A L M L A L M ANS This data is only available in case of LN PRE=1.
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number Note: The existing data can be readout by pressing "Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered. • For the Line/Feature keys FKY See the Table on the next page. KD 0 = Line 1 = Intercom 2 = DSS Key G-ID Enter unique number for each Intercom group within the range from 1 to 50.
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number Table 4-16 FKY * * * * * 21 22 23-25 26 27 28 29 30 FKY 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102-112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 * FKY(1-320) Service name Data Transfer (DTX) Message Waiting Lamp (MW) UCD Call Waiting Lamp (In case Business Application)/End (END)/(In case Hotel Application) Privacy Release Speed Calling - One Touch Do Not Disturb Microphone Speaker PAGE OFF/ON HOOK FOR HEADSET Recall Release Key Manual Signaling Key Retain Confere
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number 4.
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number MULTI LINE KEY NUMBER (KYN) SERVICE CONDITION (KYI) 0–2 FEATURE KEY CODE (FKY) 1-320 KIND OF LINE (KD) 0-2 USER GROUP NUMBER (ML UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (ML TELN) INTERCOM RING GROUP INFORMATION KIND OF ID FOR INTERCOM NUMBER EACH LINE (ICM) (G-ID) (RG) 0-2 1-50 0-7 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 Note 1: When KYI = None, it is not necessary to assign any data.
AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number (b) When KD = 2 (for key assignment of DSS Console).
AFDD : Assignment of Function Display Data AFDD: Assignment of Function Display Data 1. General This command assigns the characters of soft key indication on a Dterm Series E. When this command is not assigned, the default (which shows on FKY parameter description on this command) is displayed. 24 digits 23456789 11:20 MIC AM WED 16 APR DND 1997 >>> Soft key Soft key indication Figure 4-11 Soft Key Indication 2. Precautions 1. The LCD is 24 digits wide, and there are four soft keys.
AFDD : Assignment of Function Display Data 3. Data Entry Instructions DISP The soft key indication is displayed when DISP has assigned by the AFDD command. FUNCTION KEY DATA DISP REMARKS (FKY) 1-320 26 FKY(1-320) Note: The default characters are shown in the "Default display".
AFDD : Assignment of Function Display Data 4.
ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD ADSL: Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD 1. General This command creates an additional soft key pattern for D term Series E. 2. Precautions 1. Four soft keys appear on a Dterm Series E, and each soft key has four pages. This allows each soft key to have four different functions, and a station user may turn the soft key pages over simply by pressing the page scroll key, which may be indicated by >>>. 2.
ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD 5. After system initialization is performed, the soft key cannot be used for a minute. 6. When the soft key data is set on a system basis, SKP = 0 is assigned by this command. 7. The priority order for displaying the data in the function key area (the third line or the lowest line) is as follows.
ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD 3. Data Entry Instructions SKP Assign arbitrary number within 0 through 15. 0=soft key pattern shared in a system 1-15=soft key pattern alloted to each station.
ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD 4.
ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data ADKS: Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data 1. General This command assigns the soft key pattern (which is assigned by the ADSL command) onto a Dterm Series E. Additionally, Line/Feature button and DSS key arrangement on the Dterm Series E can be specified. 2. Precautions 1. Four soft keys appear on a Dterm Series E as shown in Figure 4-13.
ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data 4. The default key pattern (SKP = 0) of the soft keys are listed in the table below. When data 1 through 15 is assigned in the SKP parameter, the ADSL command must be assigned to specify the soft key pattern (SKP).
ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data Table 4-18 Default Key Pattern (Continued) STATUS PAGE 0 3-Party Conference PG=0 PG=1 MIC >>> MIC MIC >>> MIC 1 2 3 0 Others 1 2 3 CHAPTER 4 Page 472 Issue 1 NDA-24298
ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data 5. Three different kinds of Line/Feature buttons and DSS key arrangements can be specified by LKP parameter.
ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data 3. Data Entry Instructions PG Page change key allocation (Refer to [Precaution]) 0 = Page change key appears on a soft key(>>>) 1 = Page change key disappears on a soft key.
ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data 4.
ADRTL : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for LDM ADRTL: Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for LDM 1. General This command changes the display of trunk class information on the Dterm instead of the Trunk Class (TCL) designation of the ARTD command. 2. Precautions 1. The data assigned in this command affects the stand alone-node and Local Node (LN). 2.
ADRTL : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for LDM 4.
ADRTN : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for NDM ADRTN: Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for NDM 1. General This command changes the display of trunk class information on the Dterm instead of the Trunk Class (TCL) designation of the ARTD command. This data is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN). 2. Precautions 1. The Route Class information is displayed on all D terms of all nodes in the Fusion Network. 2.
ADRTN : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for NDM 4.
AICD : Assignment of Intercom Data AICD: Assignment of Intercom Data 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Automatic/Annual Intercom service feature. 2. Precautions 1. Up to 16 stations may be assigned to one Intercom group. 2. Only Dterm(s) can have the Automatic/Manual Intercom service feature applied. 3. A maximum number of Intercom groups within a Module Group (MG) is 50 groups, and each group is given a unique Group ID Number (G-ID). 4.
AICD : Assignment of Intercom Data 3. Data Entry Instructions MG No. Enter the Module Group number of the Intercom group. A/M 0 = Automatic Intercom 1 = Manual Intercom TN Enter the Tenant Number of the Intercom group. BRIDGE AUTO/ MODULE GROUP CALL MANUAL ID GROUP TENANT NUMBER NUMBER SIGNALING RESTRIC- NUMBER No. TION (A/M) (G-ID) (MG No.
AICD : Assignment of Intercom Data 4. Data Sheet MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.) GROUP ID NUMBER (G-ID) 1-50 AUTO/MANUAL SIGNALING (A/M) 0/1 BRIDGE CALL RESTRICTION (BCR) 0/1 TENANT NUMBER (TN) NO.
AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign the data related to the Automatic/Manual Intercom service feature. The station data of AICD command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command. 2.
AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instructions MG No. Enter the Module Group number of the Intercom group. A/M • Automatic Intercom • Manual Intercom G-ID Enter a unique number for each Intercom group within a range from 1 to 50. MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.) 00-07 ICMCT GROUP ID NUMBER (G-ID) 1-50 AUTO/MANUAL SIGNALING (A/M) BCR • Restricted • Allowed BRIDGE CALL RESTRICTION (BCR) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (ICM TELN) Max.
AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.) 00-07 ICMCT GROUP ID NUMBER (G-ID) 1-50 AUTO/MANUAL SIGNALING (A/M) BRIDGE CALL RESTRICTION (BCR) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (ICM TELN) Max. 16 digits TENANT NUMBER (TN) CNT USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SIGNALLING STATION (SIG TELN) Max. 16 digits 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MG No. 00-07 ICMCT G-ID 1-50 A/M BCR ICM TELN Max.
ADIM : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data ADIM: Assignment of Dial Intercom Data 1. General This command assigns Dial Intercom service related data. 2. Precautions 1. To provide Dial Intercom Service, it is necessary to assign the following data in advance: ASYD command, SYS1, Index 59, b7 = 1 2. The number of Dterm stations that can be accommodated in a Dial Intercom Group and also the number of digits for Call Number (Dial Intercom STN) are determined by parameter N (Dial Intercom Digit Number). 3.
ADIM : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data 4. Data Sheet (a) Dial Intercom Digit Number: One digit (N = 0) MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.
ADIM : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data (b) Dial Intercom Digits Number: Two digits (N = 1) MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.
ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign Dial Intercom service related data. The station data of ADIM command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command. 2.
ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instructions N • One digit (0-9) Dial Intercom STN • Two digits (00-63) Dial Intercom STN MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.) 00-07 NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (ICMCT) GROUP ID NUMBER (G-ID) 1-50 DIAL INTERCOM DIGIT NUMBER (N) BCR • Restricted • Allowed BRIDGE CALL RESTRICTION (BCR) USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (ICMCT) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (TELN) Max.
ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet (a) Dial Intercom Digit Number: N = One digit (0-9) Dial Intercom STN MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.) 00-07 NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (ICMCT) GROUP ID NUMBER (G-ID) 1-50 DIAL INTERCOM DIGIT NUMBER (N) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (TELN) Max. 16 digits BRIDGE CALL RESTRICTION (BCR) NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (ICMCT) 0 5 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.
ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number (b) Dial Intercom Digits Number: N = Two digits (00-63) Dial Intercom STN MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG No.) 00-07 NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (ICMCT) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 CHAPTER 4 Page 492 Issue 1 GROUP ID NUMBER (G-ID) 1-50 DIAL INTERCOM DIGIT NUMBER (N) TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION (TELN) Max.
AIZP : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data AIZP: Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data 1. General This command assigns Internal Zone Paging group data. If the designated group number has already been assigned, the current data is displayed. If new data is to be assigned, the old data must be deleted before entering new data. 2. Precautions 1. Each Internal Zone Paging group must be composed of Dterm station (TEC = 12). 2. A maximum of 24 stations can be assigned to one Internal Zone Paging group.
AIZP : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data 4.
AIZPN : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM AIZPN: Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign Internal Zone Paging group data in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. Each Internal Zone Paging group must be composed of Dterm station (TEC=12). 2.
AIZPN : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet NETWORK INTERNAL ZONE PAGING GROUP ID (NIZPG) 1-255 CHAPTER 4 Page 496 Issue 1 UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station AHLS: Assignment of Hot Line Station 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Hot Line service feature. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to assigning this command, the Hot Line station should be given the TEC = 14 (Hot Line class) by the ASDT/AAST command. Additionally, TEC = 13 (Data Terminal via Dterm) and TEC = 18 (Virtual Line Appearance) can also be applied to the Hot Line service. 2.
AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station 4.
AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station (b) Connection Type: Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC) (Type = 2) HOTLINE TENANT NUMBER (HOT TN) HOTLINE STATION NUMBER (STN) TYPE DESTINATION STATION’S TENANT NUMBER (CON TN) SPEED CALLING CODE (ADC) MAX.
AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station (c) Connection Type: Trunk Line Appearance (Type = 3) HOTLINE TENANT NUMBER (HOT TN) HOTLINE STATION NUMBER (STN) TYPE DESTINATION STATION’S ROUTE NUMBER (CON RT) 3 CHAPTER 4 Page 500 Issue 1 NDA-24298 OPPOSITE PARTY’S TRUNK NUMBER (TK) REMARKS
AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM AHLSN: Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Hot Line service feature. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. Prior to assigning this command, the Hot Line station should be given the TEC = 14 (Hot Line class) using the ASDT command.
AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM 4. Data Sheet (a) Connection Type: Station (Type = 1) HOTLINE USER GROUP NUMBER (HOT UGN) HOTLINE TELEPHONE NUMBER (HOT TELN) MAX.
AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM (b) Connection Type: Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC) (Type = 2) HOTLINE USER GROUP NUMBER (HOT UGN) HOTLINE TELEPHONE NUMBER (HOT TELN) TYPE DESTINATION’S USER GROUP NUMBER (CON UGN) SPEED CALLING CODE (ADC) MAX.
AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM (c) Connection Type: Trunk Line Appearance (Type = 3) HOTLINE USER GROUP NUMBER (HOT UGN) HOTLINE TELEPHONE NUMBER (HOT TELN) TYPE 3 CHAPTER 4 Page 504 Issue 1 NDA-24298 DESTINATION STATION’S LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (CON LGRT) OPPOSITE PARTY’S TRUNK NUMBER (TK)
ADA1_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 1 – Telephone Number ADA1_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 1 – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign and delete Attribute Data 1 for each terminal (DTE). Attribute Data 1 is stored as the office data of the switching unit, and is rarely modified in normal operation. Attribute Data 2, on the other hand, is stored on the data terminal side and is modified in the course of operation. The station data can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
ADA1_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 1 – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet User Group Number (UGN) CDN Telephone Number (TELN) Max. 16 digits 1 2 Media (1-15) 1=Voice MEDIA 3=FAX 5=Teletex 7-15=Not used CNTP 2=Data 4=Telex 6=Image Connection Protocol (0-15) 0=ICS Protocol 1=X.20 2=X.21 3=V.24 200 Series 4=X.20 bis 5=X.21 bis 6-15=Not used TCP Transmission Control Protocol (0-255) 0=Free Wheeling 1=Synchronous Non Protocol 3=X.75 2=X.
ADA2 : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 ADA2: Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 1. General This command assigns the Attribute Data for the data communication service feature of the Data Adapter (DA) with the Dterm and/or the Data Module (DM). 2. Precautions When the designated station is not a DTE (DA/DM), the Attribute Data cannot be assigned and an error code will result. 3. Data Entry Instructions See data sheet in Section 4.
ADA2 : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) CDN FUNCTION STATION NUMBER (STN) 1 DTR (ER) CONTROL (DTR) 0 = Check 1 = No Check 2 AUTO ANSWER (AUTO) 0 = Manual Answer 1 = Auto Answer 3 MODEM No. FOR ORIGINATING (MDM1) 0 = No MODEM 1-8 = MODEM Number 4 MODEM No.
ADA2 : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 TENANT NUMBER (TN) CDN FUNCTION STATION NUMBER (STN) 10 APPLICATION CODE (CODE) 0 = No Character 1 = ASCII (7-bit) Even Parity 2 = ASCII (7-bit) Odd Parity 3 = ASCII (7-bit) Parity is “0” 4 = ASCII (7-bit) Parity is “1” 5 = JIS (7-bit) Even Parity 6 = JIS (7-bit) Odd Parity 7 = JIS (8-bit) 8 = EBCDIC (8-bit) 9 = IA#5 (7-bit) 10 = ITA#2 (5-bit) 11 = EBCD 12-15=Not used 11 PROFILE NUMBER (PRFN) 0-63 12 HOT LINE TERMINAL (HL) 0 = No Hotline 1 = Hotline 13 HOT
ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign the Attribute Data for the data communication service feature of the data adapter (DA) with the Dterm and/or the data module (DM). The station data of ADA2 command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet User Group Number (UGN) CDN Telephone Number (TELN) Max. 16 digits DTR (ER) Control (0/1) 0=Check 1=No Check 1 DTR 2 AUTO 3 Outgoing MODEM Number (0-8) MDM1 0=No MODEM 1-8=MODEM Number 4 Incoming MODEM Number (0-8) MDM2 0=No MODEM 1-8=MODEM Number 5 SPD Bit Speed Rate (0-31) 0=50 bps 1=75 bps 2=110 bps 3=150 bps 4=200 bps 5=300 bps 6=600 bps 7=1200 bps 8=2400 bps 9=4800 bps 10=9600 bps 11=19.2 Kbps 12=48.0 Kbps 13=56.
ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number User Group Number (UGN) CDN Telephone Number (TELN) Max. 16 digits 11 PRFN Profile Number (0-63) 12 HL Hot Line Terminal (0/1) 0=No Hot Line 1=Hot Line 13 HLT Hot Line Originate (0/1) 0=DTR (ER) Signal ON 1=Normal Originate Operation 14 RA Kind of RA (0-15) 0=PROTIMS 1=PROTIMS 2=DMI Mode2 3=PROTIMS 4=V. 110 5=V. 120 6=X. 30 7-15=Not used Note: CHAPTER 4 Page 512 Issue 1 In case of “PROTIMS”, assign “0”.
AFCD : Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data AFCD: Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data 1. General This command assigns (connect link), deletes (release link), and displays the data (linked LENS) pertaining to Fixed Connections (Nailed Down Connections). 2. Precautions 1. The Nailed Down connections available among the following circuit cards/terminals. Single Line station (Line circuit) Dterm (ELC/DLC) Trunk (DTI, etc.
AFCD : Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data Table 4-19 EAD-A and EAD-B Parameters (Continued) KIND OF TERMINAL LINE BIT No. CONTENTS b0 0/1 : Reverse OFF/ON b1 0/1 : PAD OFF/ON b2 REMARKS Not used b3 b4-b7 Note 1: When DTI is used for Data Communication, Pad Data must be “7” (binary 111). Note 2: When bit stealing (signaling bit) is used in DTI, signaling bit (CD RS bit) is lost. 0/1 = -/To inhibit stealing bit (signaling bit) per channel in DTI 3.
AFCD : Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data 4.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data ARTD: Assignment of Route Class Data 1. General This command assigns the Route Class Data. 2. Precautions 1. The ARTD command should be assigned for all external trunk routes and the dummy route for LCR/ LCRS. 2. The applicable number of the external trunk route is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX65. 3. The standard route class data is shown in the example. (which is listed after the parameter descriptions) 4.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data 4. Data Sheet RT REMARKS FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5 OSGS Signal Interface for Outgoing 0 = CCIS No.7 1 = RingDown 2 = Second Dial Tone 3 = Not used 4 = Sender (Immediate Start) Note 5 = Not used 6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start) 7 = Sender (Wink start) 8-15= Not used ONSG Signal Selection for Outgoing 0 = Not used 1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make 2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data b3 b2 b1 b0 0/1: -/Incoming Call (SMDR is required) 0/1: SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls/SMDR is required only for toll outgoing calls. 0: Metering pulses are necessary. Hexadecimal 1: assignment is “01.” 2: 3: Example: b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 1 8 4 2 b0=bit 0 b1=bit 1... 1 The following explains what hexadecimal data “1” means for SMDR2: • For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one (1).
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5 OSGS Signal Interface for Outgoing 0 = CCIS No.7 1 = RingDown 2 = Second Dial Tone 3 = Not used 4 = Sender (Immediate Start) Note 5 = Not used 6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start) 7 = Sender (Wink start) 8-15= Not used ONSG Signal Interface for Outgoing 0 = Not used 1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make 2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7 3 = DP/PB 4 = MF 5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make 6 = Not used 7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make 8 = PB, 120 msec.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 6 TCL Trunk Class Specify the kind of trunk 1 = DDD Line 2 = 3 = WATS Line 4 = Tie Line/Announcement Trunk 5 = CCSA 6 = 7 = CAS Line 8 = 9 = Code Call Trunk 10 = 11 = General Paging 12 = Radio Paging Trunk 13 - 31= FX Toll Terminal Paging Dictation Trunk Not used L/T Line/Trunk Identification 0 = Not used (Line) 8 RLP Trunk Release Pattern 0 = Calling Party Release (Outgoing only) 1 = Not used 2 = First Party Release (either station or tru
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 15 LSG Line Signal 0 = Loop 1 = Ground Start C.O. Line 2 = CDH 3 = Caller ID (Loop) 4 = Loop 5 = E&M Tie Line 6 = DX 7 = 24V4 8 = Loop DID 9 - 11 = Not used 12 = Speech Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Bch of ISDN) 13 = Signal Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Dch of ISDN) 14-15 = Not used See Figure 4-15 and Table 4-20. 16 SMDR2 Detailed Billing Information 17 H/M Hotel Service in CCIS No.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 24 OC 0 = 1 = Originating Category Information is used 25 R/L Attendant-Identification of Incoming Trunk Display. 0 = TN, RT, TK display 1 = C.O. Line Number display 26 RVSD Trunk Reversal Identification This data is necessary when a specific Trunk route provides battery reversal for answer super-vision. 0 = Battery Reversal System 1 = Third Wire System 27 TL Tone Level 28 ANS Answer signal from Trunk side.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 32 ICRL • Release timing for incoming trunk connections. 0 = 288 msec. Note 1 = 224 msec. 2 = 288 msec. 3 = 352 msec. 4 = 416 msec. 5 = 480 msec. 6 = 544 msec. 7 = 608 msec. 8 = 672 msec. 9 = 736 msec. 10 = 800 msec. 11 = 864 msec. 12 = 928 msec. 13 = 992 msec. 14 = 1056 msec. 15 = 1120 msec. • Normally assign data “0." For ISDN, see Table 4-21 (Example of Route Class Settings). Note: 160 msec. in case of Loop Dialing Trunk.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 39 BC C.O Line Idle Balance Condition.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 56 SMDR3 Detailed billing for outgoing in tandem connection.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 68 SCF Split Call Forwarding The call is forwarded to the desired destination assigned at 0 = Split C. F. - All Calls (SSC, SID = 8), Split C. F. Busy Line (SSC, SID = 10), Split C. F. - Don’t Answer (SSC, SID = 12) 1 = C. F. - All Calls (SSCA, SIDA = 86), C. F. - Busy Line (SSCA, SIDA = 87), C. F. - Don’t Answer (SS CA, SIDA = 88) 69 SMDR4 Detailed billing for incoming in tandem connection.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 73 KPST Duration of KP sending 0 = 48 msec. 2 = 64 msec. 4 = 80 msec. 6 = 96 msec. 8 = 112 msec. 10 = 128 msec. 12 = 144 msec. 14 = 160 msec. (In case of MFC) 0 = 12.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 = = = = = = = = 56 msec. 72 msec. 88 msec. 104 msec. 120 msec. 136 msec. 152 msec. 168 msec. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 = = = = = = = = 5.5 sec. 8.5 sec. 11.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 79 80 PPTM MPTM CHAPTER 4 Page 528 Issue 1 Sender Prepares 0 = Standard 2 = 800 msec. 4 = 1200 msec. 6 = 1600 msec. 8 = 2000 msec. 10 = 2400 msec. 12 = 2800 msec. 14 = 3200 msec. (In case of MFC) 0 = 24.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec. Note 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 = = = = = = = = 600 msec. 1000 msec. 1400 msec. 1800 msec. 2200 msec. 2600 msec. 3000 msec. 3400 msec.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 81 LPTM Sender Inter-Digit Pause Index 0 = DP/1 sec., PB/0.5sec. 2 = 800 msec. 4 = 1200 msec. 6 = 1600 msec. 8 = 2000 msec. 10 = 2400 msec. 12 = 2800 msec. 14 = 3200 msec. (In case of MFC) 0 = 12.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec. Note: 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 = = = = = = = = 600 msec. 1000 msec. 1400 msec. 1800 msec. Note 2200 msec. 2600 msec. 3000 msec. 3400 msec.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION ISDN transmitting information 0 = Out of Service 1 = 16-Digit Caller Number Service, Attribute Information Notification Service, and Calling SubAddress Transfer Service 2-15= Not used 98 CI 99 OID 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0." 100 TKS 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0." PAD value can also be set by switch setting on the 8TLT (Long Line Telephone = TELT) card.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data RT REMARKS FUNCTION 120 IFR Indonesia Compulsion Cut Service 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service 121 CONV SMDR Called Number Conversation 0 = Conversation Number 1 = In Service 122 OPRT Originally Trunk Information 0 = Out of Service CNI Calling Number Identification Format 0 = No ANI 1 = Feature Group D Format 2 = Not used 3 = Not used 123 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0." 1 = In Service Table 4-21 provides examples of standard route class settings.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data Table 4-21 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER ANALOG C.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data Table 4-21 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER FUNCTION 57 HDT ANALOG C.
ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data Table 4-21 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER FUNCTION 93 ODGD ANALOG C.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM ARTDN: Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM 1. General Using this command, all logical route data of all Local Node (LN) may be displayed and changed at the Network Control Node in the Fusion network. 2. Precautions 1. The ARTDN command should be assigned for all logical trunk routes and the logical dummy route for LCR/LCRS. 2. The Logical Route Class data assigned by this command is also allocated to Route Class data (ARTD).
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5 OSGS Signal Interface for Outgoing 0 = CCIS No.7 1 = RingDown 2 = Second Dial Tone 3 = Not used 4 = Sender (Immediate Start) Note 5 = Not used 6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start) 7 = Sender (Wink start) 8-15= Not used ONSG Signal Selection for Outgoing 0 = Not used 1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make 2 = PB, 60 msec. Interruption or CCIS No.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 6 TCL Trunk Class Specify the kind of trunk 1 = DDD Line 2 3 = WATS Line 4 = Tie Line/Announcement Trunk 5 = CCSA 6 7 = CAS Line 8 9 = Code Call Trunk 10 11 = General Paging Trunk 12 = Radio Paging Trunk 13 - 31 = FX = Toll Terminal = Paging = Dictation Trunk = Not used L/T Line/Trunk Identification 0 = Not used (Line) 8 RLP Trunk Release Pattern 0 = Calling Party Release (Outgoing only) 1 = Not used 2 = First Party Rele
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 15 LSG Line Signal 0 = Loop 1 = Ground Start C.O. Line 2 = CDH 3 = Caller ID (Loop) 4 = Loop 5 = E&M Tie Line 6 = DX 7 = 24V4 8 = Loop DID 9 - 11 = Not used 12 = Speech Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Bch of ISDN) 13 = Signal Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Dch of ISDN) 14 = Not used 15 = Not used 16 SMDR2 Detailed Billing Information 17 H/M Hotel Service in CCIS No. 7 0 = Out of Service See Figure 4-16 and Table 4-22.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM b3 b2 b1 b0 0/1: -/Incoming Call (SMDR is required) 0/1: SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls/SMDR is required only for toll outgoing calls. 0: Metering pulses are necessary. Hexadecimal 1: assignment is “01.” 2: 3: Example: b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 1 8 4 2 b0=bit 0 b1=bit 1... 1 The following explains what hexadecimal data “1” means for SMDR2: • For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one (1).
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 24 OC 0 = 1 = Originating Category Information is used 25 R/L Attendant-Identification of Incoming Trunk Display. 0 = TN, RT, TK display 1 = C.O. Line Number display 26 RVSD Trunk Reversal Identification This data is necessary when a specific Trunk route provides battery reversal for answer supervision. 0 = Battery Reversal System 1 = Third Wire System 27 TL Tone Level 28 ANS Answer signal from Trunk side.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION • 32 ICRL HD 33 GUARD 34 WINK 35 Release timing for incoming trunk connections. 0 = 288 msec. Note 1 = 224 msec. 2 = 288 msec. 3 = 352 msec. 4 = 416 msec. 5 = 480 msec. 6 = 544 msec. 7 = 608 msec. 8 = 672 msec. 9 = 736 msec. 10 = 800 msec. 11 = 864 msec. 12 = 928 msec. 13 = 992 msec. 14 = 1056 msec. 15 = 1120 msec. Trunk Hold Timing. 0 = 10 sec. 2 = 4 sec. 4 = 8 sec. 6 = 12 sec. 8 = 16 sec. 10 = 20 sec. 12 = 24 sec.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 39 BC C.O Line Idle Balance Condition.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION Assign this for the incoming route (ICRT), if necessary. 56 SMDR3 Detailed billing for outgoing in tandem connection.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 68 SCF Split Call Forwarding The call is forwarded to the desired destination assigned at 0 = Split C. F. - All Calls (SSC, SID = 8), Split C. F. Busy Line (SSC, SID = 10), Split C. F. - Don’t Answer (SSC, SID = 12) 1 = C. F. - All Calls (SSCA, SIDA = 86), C. F. - Busy Line (SSCA, SID = 87), C. F. - Don’t Answer (SS CA, SIDA = 88) 69 SMDR4 Detailed billing for incoming in tandem connection.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 73 74 KPST KPPT STC 75 76 77 78 MC MT TONE Duration of KP sending 0 = 48 msec. 2 = 64 msec. 4 = 80 msec. 6 = 96 msec. 8 = 112 msec. 10 = 128 msec. 12 = 144 msec. 14 = 160 msec. (In case of MFC) 0 = 12.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec. Pause after KP sending 0 = 48 msec. 5 = 88 msec. 7 = 104 msec. 12 = 144 msec. 14 = 160 msec.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 79 80 PPTM MPTM CHAPTER 4 Page 546 Issue 1 Sender Prepares 0 = Standard 2 = 800 msec. 4 = 1200 msec. 6 = 1600 msec. 8 = 2000 msec. 10 = 2400 msec. 12 = 2800 msec. 14 = 3200 msec. (In case of MFC) 0 = 24.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 = = = = = = = = 600 msec. 1000 msec. 1400 msec. 1800 msec. 2200 msec. 2600 msec. 3000 msec.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 81 LPTM Sender Inter-Digit Pause Index 0 = DP/1 sec., PB/0.5sec. 2 = 800 msec. 4 = 1200 msec. 6 = 1600 msec. 8 = 2000 msec. 10 = 2400 msec. 12 = 2800 msec. 14 = 3200 msec. (In case of MFC) 0 = 12.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec. Note: 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 = = = = = = = = 600 msec. 1000 msec. 1400 msec. 1800 msec. Note 2200 msec. 2600 msec. 3000 msec.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION ISDN transmitting information 0 = Out of Service 1 = 16-Digit Caller Number Service, Attribute Information Notification Service, and Calling Sub-Address Transfer Service 2-15= Not used 98 CI 99 OID 0 0 0 0 Always assign data“0.” 100 TKS 0 0 0 0 Always assign data“0.” PAD value can also be set by switch setting on the 8TLT (Long Line Telephone = TELT) card.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM LGRT 1-899 REMARKS FUNCTION 121 CONV SMDR Called Number Conversation 0 = Conversation Number 1 = In Service 122 OPRT Originally Trunk Information 0 = Out of Service CNI Calling Number Identification Format 0 = No ANI 1 = Feature Group D Format 2 = Not used 3 = Not used 123 1 = In Service Table 4-23 provides examples of standard route class settings.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM Table 4-23 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER ANALOG C.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM Table 4-23 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER ANALOG C.
ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM Table 4-23 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER ANALOG C.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM ALRNN: Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM 1. General As the functions of ALRTN, ARTD and ARTDN commands are combined into this command, it can be used to allocate the Logical Route number and to assign/delete Route Class data at the same time. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 1 2 3 4 5 OSGS Signal Interface for Outgoing 0 = CCIS No.7 1 = RingDown 2 = Second Dial Tone 3 = Not used 4 = Sender (Immediate Start) Note 5 = Not used 6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start) 7 = Sender (Wink start) 8-15= Not used ONSG Signal Selection for Outgoing 0 = Not used 1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make 2 = PB, 60msec.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 6 TCL Trunk Class Specify the kind of trunk 1 = DDD Line 2 3 = WATS Line 4 = Tie Line/Announcement Trunk 5 = CCSA 6 7 = CAS Line 8 9 = Code Call Trunk 10 11 = General Paging Trunk 12 = Radio Paging Trunk 13 - 31 = FX = Toll Terminal = Paging = Dictation Trunk = Not used L/T Line/Trunk Identification 0 = Not used (Line) 8 RLP Trunk Release Patt
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 15 LSG Line Signal 0 = Loop 1 = Ground Start C.O. Line 2 = CCH 3 = Caller ID (Loop) 4 = Loop 5 = E&M Tie Line 6 = DX 7 = 24V4 8 = Loop DID 9 - 11 = Not used 12 = Speech Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Bch of ISDN) 13 = Signal Line (for CCIS No.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM b3 b2 b1 b0 0/1: -/Incoming Call (SMDR is required) 0/1: SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls/SMDR is required only for toll outgoing calls. 0: Metering pulses are necessary. Hexadecimal 1: assignment is “01.” 2: 3: Example: b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 1 8 4 2 b0=bit 0 b1=bit 1...
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 24 OC 0 = 1 = Originating Category Information is used 25 R/L Attendant-Identification of Incoming Trunk Display. 0 = TN, RT, TK display 1 = C.O. Line Number display 26 RVSD Trunk Reversal Identification This data is necessary when a specific Trunk route provides battery reversal for answer supervision.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 • 32 ICRL Release timing for incoming trunk connections. 0 = 288 msec. Note 1 = 224 msec. 2 = 288 msec. 3 = 352 msec. 4 = 416 msec. 5 = 480 msec. 6 = 544 msec. 7 = 608 msec. 8 = 672 msec. 9 = 736 msec. 10 = 800 msec. 11 = 864 msec. 12 = 928 msec. 13 = 992 msec. 14 = 1056 msec. 15 = 1120 msec. • Normally assign data “0”.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 40 TCM Travel Class Mark 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service 41 TDMQ Tandem Off Hook OG Queuing 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service 42 TRSC Trunk Restriction class 0 = Out of Service 1-15= In Service 43 BT Inter-office Busy Service 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service 44 PRV Line Trunk Privacy 0 = Privacy Out of Service 1 = Privacy In Servic
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 57 HDT Heterogeneous Data Trunk 0 = Not Heterogeneous Data Trunk 1 = Heterogeneous Data Trunk 58 CD Consecutive Dialing 0 = Out of Service 59 CCH Common Channel Handler 0 = CCH is not mounted (normal setting) 1 = CCH is mounted (ISDN or CCIS line) 60 TC/EC 61 IRE Inter-rearranging signal 1 = Supervisory 62 SCR Step Call Restriction for
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 71 72 73 TCMC TCM and KP Sending Sequence 0 = KP-ST 1 = KP TCM-ST 2 = TCM KP-ST 3 = KP (TCM)-ST MFSP Sending Speed Tone ON Tone 0= 68 msec. 1= 56 msec. 2= 68 msec. 3= 68 msec. 4= 48 msec. 5= 52 msec. 6-15= Not used (In case of MFC) 0 = 24.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 Note: Use this when ONSG/INSG = 4.(MF) KPPT Pause after KP sending 0 = 48 msec. 5 = 88 msec. 7 = 104 msec. 12 = 144 msec. 14 = 160 msec. (In case of MFC) 0 = 12.0 sec. 2 = 7.0 sec. 4 = 10.0 sec. 6 = 13.0 sec. 8 = 16.0 sec. 10 = 20.0 sec. 12 = 24.0 sec. 14 = 28.0 sec.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 80 81 Note: Possible to use when adjusting the interdict timer in DP line. MPTM Sender Minimum Pause 0 = 10 PPS/600 msec., 20 PPS/450 msec. 1 = 600 msec. 2 = 800 msec. 3 = 1000 msec. 4 = 1200 msec. 5 = 1400 msec. 6 = 1600 msec. 7 = 1800 msec. 8 = 2000 msec. Note 9 = 2200 msec. 10 = 2400 msec. 11 = 2600 msec. 12 = 2800 msec. 13 = 3000 msec.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 91 TOCI Trunk Override Calling 0 = Override Inhibited (Calling side). 1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Calling side). 92 TOCD Trunk Override Called 0 = Override Inhibited (Called side). 1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Called side). 93 ODGD 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0.” 94 RLS 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 REMARKS ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 114 DCH 115 CMRT 116 PREF 117 DFS 0 0 0 Always assign data “0.” 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0.” 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0.” 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0.” 0 0 0 0 Always assign data “0.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM Table 4-25 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER FUNCTION 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 LSG SMDR2 H/M MC ANI D MSB MSW TR OC R/L RVSD TL ANS TELP PAD OGRL ICRL HD GUARD WINK VAD CLD FA BC TCM TDMQ TRSC BT PRV A/D CW TPQ BL TRKS DPLY ACD 2W/4W ANALOG C.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM Table 4-25 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER FUNCTION 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 FAAT GW TCMA SMDR3 HDT CD CCH TC/EC IRE SCR LYER1 NET INT DC HKS SCF SMDR4 TCMN TCMC MFSP KPST KPPT STC MC MT TONE PPTM MPTM LPTM RSAX CST CSEG CSEU CSEL CMP TALK FOT RST CHAPTER 4 Page 568 Issue 1 ANALOG C.
ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM Table 4-25 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued) KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE PARAMETER FUNCTION 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 TOCI TOCD ODGD RLS GWD H1 DT CI OID TKS PAD2 TRM TRPX LDR TSC SATS RVPX DQ SLOV SDTO ADVPRA IND UUI DCH CMRT PREF DFS BOB HO1CH IFR CONV OPRT CN1 ANALOG C.
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data ATRK: Assignment of Trunk Data 1. General This command assigns the trunk data as the LENS, Trunk Route number (RT) and Trunk number (TK). 2. Precautions 1. The trunk route (RT) is composed of the trunks (TK). The trunk is categorized into two kinds; the external trunk and the internal trunk. (a) The External trunk is an interface to a different node. (b) The Internal trunk is a common device which is accessed by a station or an external trunk. 2.
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 / 22 / 21 / 20 19 / 18 / 17 / 16 15 / 14 / 13 / 12 11 / 10 29 / 28 HW 14 HW 10 HW HW HW 11 12 13 31 / 30 HW9 9/8 7/6 5/4 3/2 Figure 4-18 HW8 27 / 26 HW7 1/0 HW HW HW 3 5 4 MUX / TSW#1 MUX / TSW#0 23 / 22 / 21 / 20 HW2 31 / 30 29 / 28 27 / 26 (25) (24) HW6 HW1 19 / 18 / 17 / 16 HW0 15 / 14 / 13 / 12 11 / 10 9/8 7/6 5/4 3/2 1/0 PWR PWR LENS Group number HW15 Gr
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Group n+3 Group n+2 Odd Number Group Even Number Group LV7 Bch30 6 Bch29 5 Bch28 4 Bch27 3 Bch26 2 Bch25 1 Bch24 LV0 Bch23 LV7 Bch22 6 Bch21 5 Bch20 4 Bch19 3 Bch18 2 Bch17 1 Bch16 Level Slot n-1 LV7 Bch15 Bch30 LV7 Bch15 6 Bch14 Bch29 6 Bch14 5 Bch13 Bch28 5 Bch13 4 Bch12 Bch27 4 Bch12 3 Bch11 Bch26 3 Bch11 2 Bch10 Bch25 2 Bch10 1 Bch9 Bch24 1 Bch9 LV0 Bch8 Bch23 LV0 Bch8 LV7 Bch7 Bch22 LV7 Bch7
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data When a signal trunk uses TS 31.
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Group n+3 Group n+2 Odd Number Group Even Number Group The PRT mounted slot LV7 Bch30 6 Bch29 5 Bch28 4 Bch27 3 Bch26 2 Bch25 1 Bch24 LV0 Bch23 LV7 Bch22 6 Bch21 5 Bch20 4 Bch19 3 Bch18 2 Bch17 1 Bch16 Level Slot n-1 The PRT mounted slot n LV0 Dch1 LV7 Bch15 Bch30 LV7 Bch15 6 Bch14 Bch29 6 Bch14 5 Bch13 Bch28 5 Bch13 4 Bch12 Bch27 4 Bch12 3 Bch11 Bch26 3 Bch11 2 Bch10 Bch25 2 Bch10 1 Bch9 Bch24 1 Bch9
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Level Group n+3 Group n+2 Level Odd Number Group Even Number Group Slot n-1 The COT mounted slot n The COT mounted slot LV7 CKT#15 6 CKT#14 5 CKT#13 4 CKT#12 3 CKT#11 2 CKT#10 1 CKT#9 LV0 CKT#8 LV7 CKT#7 6 CKT#6 5 CKT#5 4 CKT#4 3 CKT#3 2 CKT#2 1 CKT#1 LV0 CKT#0 LV7 CKT#15 LV7 6 CKT#14 6 5 CKT#13 4 CKT#12 3 CKT#11 2 CKT#10 1 CKT#9 1 LV0 CKT#8 LV0 LV7 CKT#7 LV7 6 CKT#6 6 5 CKT#5 4 CKT#4 3 CKT#3 2 CKT#2
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Group n+3 Level The 8COT mounted slot LV7 CKT#7 6 CKT#6 5 CKT#5 4 CKT#4 3 CKT#3 2 CKT#2 1 CKT#1 LV0 CKT#0 LV7 6 5 Group n+2 Level Odd Number Group Even Number Group Slot n-1 3 2 The 8COT mounted slot n 1 LV0 LV7 CKT#7 LV7 6 CKT#6 6 5 CKT#5 4 CKT#4 3 CKT#3 2 CKT#2 1 CKT#1 1 LV0 CKT#0 LV0 5 Group n+1 4 3 2 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 5 4 Group n 3 2 4 3 2 1 1 LV0 LV0 IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT Figure 4-23
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Group n+3 Group n+2 Level Odd Number Group Even Number Group Slot n-1 The RST mounted slot n The RST mounted slot LV7 SND#7 6 SND#6 5 SND#5 4 SND#4 3 REG#7 2 REG#6 1 REG#5 LV0 REG#4 LV7 SND#3 6 SND#2 5 SND#1 4 SND#0 3 REG#3 2 REG#2 1 REG#1 LV0 REG#0 LV7 SND#7 LV7 6 SND#6 6 5 SND#5 4 SND#4 3 REG#7 2 REG#6 1 REG#5 1 LV0 REG#4 LV0 LV7 SND#3 LV7 6 SND#2 6 5 SND#1 5 4 SND#0 3 REG#3 2 REG#2 2 1 REG#1 1
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Level SLOT12 Level LV7 LV7 6 6 5 5 Group 23 4 Group 23 3 1 LV0 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 5 4 Group 22 3 3 2 1 LV0 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 Group 21 4 3 4 3 2 2 1 1 LV0 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 5 4 Group 20 3 1 LV0 4 3 2 2 CKT#1 CKT#0 1 LV0 IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT CKT#1 CKT#0 IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT Figure 4-25 CHAPTER 4 Page 578 Issue 1 4 1 5 Group 20 3 1 2 Group 21 4 2 2 Group 22 SLOT23 ATRK for ATI NDA-24298
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Level The 4DAT mounted slot LV7 6 5 Group n+3 4 3 CKT#3 2 CKT#2 1 CKT#1 LV0 CKT#0 LV7 6 5 Group n+2 Level Slot n-1 Even Number Group 3 2 The 4DAT mounted slot n 1 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 Odd Number Group 4 5 4 Group n+1 4 3 CKT#3 2 CKT#2 1 CKT#1 1 LV0 CKT#0 LV0 3 2 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 5 4 Group n 3 2 4 3 2 1 1 LV0 LV0 IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT Figure 4-26 ATRK for 4DAT NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 579 Issue 1
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data Level LV7 6 5 roup 23 CFT#7 4 3 2 CFT#6 1 LV0 LV7 CFT#5 6 5 roup 22 4 CFT#4 3 2 1 CFT#3 LV0 LV7 6 CFT#2 5 roup 21 4 3 CFT#1 2 1 LV0 CFT#0 LV7 6 5 roup 20 4 3 2 1 LV0 32 PORT/SLOT of Odd number unit.
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data 3.
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data DLMX (RT = 938) RT Enter “RT = 938” for DLMX. ROUTE NUMBER (RT) TRUNK NUMBER (TK) 1-255 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) 6 DIGITS MG U TK Enter unique trunk number to the assigned Route Number with a range from 1 to 255. G REMARKS LV LENS Enter the mounting location of each trunk. MG: 00-07 Unit: 0-3 Group: 1, 5, 9 (No.0 system) 3, 7, 11 (No.1 system) Note Level: 7 Note: A pair of DLMX card No. 0/No. 1 system must be mounted in the same Highway Block (HW).
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data 4.
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data (b) Attendant Console Data (RT = 901) ROUTE NUMBER (RT) TRUNK NUMBER (TK) Note LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) 6 DIGITS MG 901 Note: U G LV SERVICE FEATURE CLASS (SFC) 0 - 15 TENANT (CNT) 1 - 10 2 0 1 2 0 2 2 0 3 2 0 4 2 0 5 2 0 6 2 0 7 2 0 8 2 0 9 2 0 10 Trunk No. refers to ATT No.
ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data (c) Internal Trunk Data ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 9XX TRUNK NUMBER (TK) LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) 6 DIGITS MG U G NDA-24298 REMARKS LV CHAPTER 4 Page 585 Issue 1
ARTKN : Assignment of Route Trunk Data for NDM ARTKN: Assignment of Route Trunk Data for NDM 1. General As the functions of ALRTN and ATRK commands are combined into this command, it is used to allocate both the Logical Route Number and the Trunk number (TK) at the same time. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command can be used only logging in to NCN. 2.
ARTKN : Assignment of Route Trunk Data for NDM 4.
AMAT : Assignment of Master Attendant Data AMAT: Assignment of Master Attendant Data 1. General When more than one Attendant Console has been installed for one tenant, this command assigns a Master Console for controlling the Day/Night function of all the Attendant Consoles on a tenant basis. 2. Precautions 1. This assignment is necessary when Day/Night changeover is controlled by a Master Console (the ASYD command, SYS 2, INDEX 2, bit2=1 & bit3=0). 2.
AMAT : Assignment of Master Attendant Data 4.
ASAT : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data ASAT: Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data 1. General This command assigns a specific Attendant Number that allows a station user to access the desired operator. 2. Precautions 1. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 92, bit3=1), assign TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants. 2.
ASAT : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data 4.
ASATN : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data for NDM ASATN: Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns a specific Attendant Number that allows a station user to access the desired operator. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. The specific attendant number cannot be a station number or LDN already being used. 2.
ASATN : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data for NDM 4.
ATGL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data ATGL: Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Trunk Group Busy Lamp which is accommodated on the Attendant Console. 2. Precautions 1. The maximum number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 9. 2. The Trunk Group Busy Lamp is lit when the trunk routes specified by the RT parameter of this command are engaged. 3.
ATGL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data 4.
ATGLL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data for LDM ATGLL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data for LDM 1. General This command is used to readout/assign/delete the controlling data of Trunk Group Busy Lamp which is accommodated on the Attendant Console. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. The number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX9. 2.
ATGLL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data for LDM 4.
AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position AAKP: Assignment of ATT Key Position 1. General This command sets the functions of the top row of Incoming Call Identification (ICI) keys for answering incoming calls at the Attendant Console. 2. Precautions 1. This command can be executed under one of following conditions: (a) The ATI circuit card is not mounted. (b) The ATT has been made busy using the MB switch on the ATI circuit card. (c) The DAY/NIGHT key on theATT is set to the NIGHT position. 2.
AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position • Desk Console Alarm Position Available Position Busy Night Night Position Busy L6 1 2 Cancel 3 Vol L5 In this illustration, the function indicated in each ( ) is the default function, which becomes valid if no other function has been set by this command, or if the function set has been deleted. Therefore, when the default function indicated in ( ) is to be used, data entry is not necessary.
AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position • Hotel Desk Console Alarm Position Available LDN TIE Busy 6 5 HP DD 2 0 HWC ADM NANS Recall 4 GST LT TF Position Busy Night PAGE REC Start Mute 1 ICPT 3 3. Data Entry Instructions 1 = CAS Line 3 = Priority Call 1 5 = Priority Call 3 ATTENDANT CONSOLE NUMBER (ATN) 1 KEY NUMBER (KYN) 1-6 1 2 FUNC 2 = Off-Hook Alarm 4 = Priority Call 2 6-16 = Not used FUNCTION CODE (FUNC) 1-16 1 ATN Enter the attendant console number.
AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position 4.
ACOC : Assignment of Central Office Code ACOC: Assignment of Central Office Code 1. General This command assigns the C.O. line code and tie line code corresponding to particular trunks. 2. Precautions 1. The Central Office Code (COC) assigned by this command is displayed on ATTCON and also the Dterm instead of the trunk number. 2. The COC assigned by this command is used to specify a trunk by the Individual Trunk Access service feature. 3.
ACOC : Assignment of Central Office Code 4.
ACOC_LR : Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number ACOC_LR: Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number 1. General This command is used to assign C.O. line code and tie line code corresponding to particular trunks. Route Number of the ACOC command can be assigned by using Logical Route. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command. 2.
ACOC_LR : Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number 4. Data Sheet LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 EXTERNAL ROUTE NUMBER (RT) NDA-24298 TRUNK NUMBER (TK) 1-255 DIGIT CODE (DC) MAX.
ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data ACID: Assignment of Caller ID Data 1. General This command assigns calling number data for the following services: • Call Block • Distinctive Ringing - Caller ID • Representation Name 2. Precautions 1. A maximum of 28 calling numbers can be assigned to a single station. 3.
ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data When TYPE=2 (Dial-in, C.O. connect restriction) is assigned INPUT TYPE (TYPE) 2 RT DAY/NIGHT (D/N) D/N SERVICE KIND 2 (SRV2) 1/2 CALL CONNECTING INDEX (CFI) 1-3 SRV2 1 = Dial in 2 = C.O. connection restriction CALLER ID (CID) 1-28 TENANT NUMBER FOR STATION NUMBER FOR CALL CONNECTING CALL CONNECTING (CFI-STN) (CFI-TN) ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE FOR CALL CONNECTING (ADC) 4 DIGITS CFI-TN/CFI-STN These parameters appear when CFI = 2.
ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data (a) When TYPE = 1 (Transfer, Incoming Permission denial) is assigned TN STATION NUMBER (STN) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS SERVICE KIND 1 (SRV1) CALL FORWARDING INDEX (CFI) 1-3 TN STATION NUMBER (STN) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS SERVICE KIND 1 (SRV1) CALL FORWARDING INDEX (CFI) 1-3 TN STATION NUMBER (STN) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS SERVICE KIND 1 (SRV1) CALL FORWARDING INDEX (CFI) 1-3 TN STATION NUMBER (STN) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS SERVICE KIND 1 (SRV1) CALL FORWARDING INDEX (CFI) 1-3 TN STATI
ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data (b) When TYPE = 2 (Dial-in, C.O.
ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data (c) When TYPE = 3 (Representation Name) is assigned SERVICE KIND 3 (SRV3) CALLER ID (CID) 1-28 REPRESENTATION NAME (NAME) 24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM 1 CALLER ID (CID) 1-28 SERVICE KIND 3 (SRV3) REPRESENTATION NAME (NAME) 24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM 1 CALLER ID (CID) 1-28 SERVICE KIND 3 (SRV3) REPRESENTATION NAME (NAME) 24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM 1 CALLER ID (CID) 1-28 SERVICE KIND 3 (SRV3) REPRESENTATION NAME (NAME) 24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM 1 CALLER ID (CID) 1-28 SERVICE KIND 3 (SRV3
APAD : Assignment of PAD Data APAD: Assignment of PAD Data 1. General This command assigns PAD control data for tandem connections, and trunk-to-station connections. 2. Precautions When KIND = 2 (station) is designated, assign the dummy data to the parameter OGPAD. 3.
APAD : Assignment of PAD Data 4.
APADN : Assignment of PAD Data for NDM APADN: Assignment of PAD Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns PAD control data for tandem connections and trunk to station connections in an FCCS network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions When KIND = S (Station) is designated, assign the dummy data to the parameter “OGPAD”. 3.
APADN : Assignment of PAD Data for NDM 4.
AAED : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data AAED: Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data 1. General This command assigns the trunk information related to Announcement Equipment on a tenant basis. For the Hotel system, it is also possible to assign Language Class when Language Service of Property Management System (PMS) is provided. 2. Precautions 1. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.
AAED : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data 3. Data Entry Instructions LANG 0 = Common 1 = Japanese 2 = English 3 = German 4 = French 5 = Spanish 6 = Chinese 7 = Russian 8-15=Spare Note: LANG is available for the Hotel application. RT C 0 = 30 seconds, and then disconnects 1 = The connection is held until the calling party released R 0 = Send RBT 1 = Do not send RBT Enter DAT route number assigned by the ATRK command.
AAED : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) Note: ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER (EQP) 0-127 KIND OF LANGUAGE (LANG) 0-15 Note DURATION OF CONNECTION (C) 0/1 SENDING RBT (R) 0/1 ANSWER SIGNAL SENDING (A) 0/1 MULTIPLE CONNECTION (M) 0/1 ROUTE NUMBER (RT) TRUNK NUMBER (TK) REMARKS Parameter LANG is available for the Hotel System.
AAEDL : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM AAEDL: Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the connected trunk data and the condition related to Announcement Equipment. 2. Precautions The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data in this command is common for all tenants (ASYDL command, SYS1, INDEX800 bit7=1), assign TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.
AAEDL : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions C 0=30 seconds, and then disconnects 1=The connection is held until the calling party released R 0=Send RBT 1=Do not send RBT LGRT Enter logical route number.
AAEDL : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM 4.
AAEDN : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM AAEDN: Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the connected trunk data and the condition related to Announcement Equipment. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX8.
AAEDN : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions C 0=30 seconds, and then disconnects 1=The connection is held until the calling party released R 0=Send RBT 1=Do not send RBT LGRT Enter logical route number.
AAEDN : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM 4.
AHMS : Assignment of Music on Hold Data AHMS: Assignment of Music on Hold Data 1. General This command is used when a trunk provides Extended Hold Music. With this feature, the system supplies the DAT card (only the first port of DAT) involved in Hold Music to a trunk route specified on this command. Since the Extended Hold Music affects a trunk only, a station user may hear the ordinary Hold Music. 2. Precautions 1.
AHMS : Assignment of Music on Hold Data 3. Data Entry Instructions HMSC Music on Hold Data HMSC LENS of DAT 0 000050 TYPE 1 = Extended Hold Music 2 = Sound Source LENS (Not used in USA) KIND 1 = Tenant Numbering of Hold Station (Not used in USA) 2 = Route Number of Held Trunk 3 = Tenant number of hold station and route numbering of held trunk.
AHMS : Assignment of Music on Hold Data 4.
ADPC : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data ADPC: Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data 1. General This command assigns the determinate Point Code (PC) for CCIS and/or the ISDN interface. Note: In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used interchangeably. 2. Precautions 1. A unique PC must be given to a node in the CCIS network. The Originating Point Code (OPC) is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX180 and 181. 2.
ADPC : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data 4.
ADPCL : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data for LDM ADPCL: Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the determinate Point Code (PC) for CCIS and/or the ISDN interface. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). Note: In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used interchangeably. 2. Precautions 3. A unique PC must be given to a node in the CCIS network.
ADPCL : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data for LDM 4.
ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data ACSC: Assignment of CSC Data 1. General This command assigns the Common Channel Handler (CCH)/D-Channel Handler (DCH) location of the Common Channel Signaling Controller Group (CSCG). 2. Precautions 1. The CSCG represents the Point Code (PC) and the Circuit Identification Code (CICs) that correspond to the B-channels (voice channels) of the CCIS interface as assigned by the ACIC2 command.
ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data When it is PRT card, the Dch2 group is the location that should be entered in the CCH parameter of even number CSCG, and the same location should also be entered in the CCH parameter of its consecutive odd number CSCG. The CCH card and/or DCH card required two circuits of Common Channel Handler on a card, thus the CCH/DCH0 and CCH/DCH1 are the locations to enter in the CCH parameter.
ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data Group n+3 Group n+2 Odd Number Group Even Number Group Level Slot n-1 The PRT mounted slot n LV7 Bch15 6 Level The PRT mounted slot LV7 Bch30 6 Bch29 5 Bch28 4 Bch27 3 Bch26 2 Bch25 1 Bch24 LV0 Bch23 LV7 Bch22 6 Bch21 5 Bch20 4 Bch19 3 Bch18 2 Bch17 1 Bch16 LV0 Dch1 Bch30 LV7 Bch15 Bch14 Bch29 6 Bch14 5 Bch13 Bch28 5 Bch13 4 Bch12 Bch27 4 Bch12 3 Bch11 Bch26 3 Bch11 2 Bch10 Bch25 2 Bch10 1 Bch9 Bch24 1
ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data Level The CCH/DCH mounted slot LV7 6 5 Group n+3 4 ACSC 3 2 1 LV0 CCH/DCH1 LV7 6 5 Group n+2 Level Slot n-1 1 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 ACSC 3 Group n+1 2 3 1 CCH/DCH1 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 5 4 ACSC 3 Group n 2 LV0 4 3 2 1 1 CCH/DCH0 IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT LV0 IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT Figure 4-31 ACSC for CCH/DCH CHAPTER 4 Page 634 Issue 1 4 2 1 Even Number Group CCH/DCH0 5 4 LV0 ACSC 3 2 The CCH/DCH mounted slot n 5 Odd Number Group 4 NDA-
ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data 3. Data Entry Instructions CCH CSCG Enter any even number and its consecutive odd number from 2-255 (except 128/129). CSC GROUP NUMBER (CSCG) 2 CIC GROUP NUMBER (GROUP) 0 1 2 · For CCIS, enter the signal channel location of the CCT/CCH · For ISDN, the following data should be assigned to this parameter.
ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data 4.
ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM ACSCL: Assignment of CSC Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the Common Channel Handler (CCH) location of the Common Channel Signaling Controller Group (CSCG). This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. The CSCG represents the Point Code (PC) and the Circuit Identification Code (CIC) which correspond to the B-channels (voice channels) of the CCIS interface as assigned by the ACIC2 command. 2.
ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM Level Group n+3 Group n+2 Level Odd Number Group Even Number Group Slot n-1 The CCT mounted slot n Voice30 6 Voice29 5 Voice28 4 Voice27 3 Voice26 2 Voice25 1 Voice24 LV0 Voice23 LV7 Voice22 6 Voice21 5 Voice20 4 Voice19 3 Voice18 2 Voice17 1 Voice16 LV0 Signal Voice15 Voice30 LV7 Voice15 6 Voice14 Voice29 6 Voice14 5 Voice13 Voice28 5 Voice13 4 Voice12 Voice27 4 Voice12 3 Voice11 Voice26 3 Voice11 2 Voic
ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM Level The CCH mounted slot LV7 6 5 Group n+3 4 ACSCL 3 2 1 LV0 CCH1 LV7 6 5 Group n+2 Level Slot n-1 1 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 ACSCL 3 Group n+1 2 4 3 2 1 Even Number Group 1 CCH1 LV0 LV7 LV7 6 6 5 5 4 ACSCL 3 Group n 2 4 3 2 1 LV0 CCH0 5 4 LV0 ACSCL 3 2 The CCH mounted slot n 5 Odd Number Group 4 1 CCH0 LV0 IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT Figure 4-33 ACSCL for CCH NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 639 Issue 1
ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions CSCG Enter any even number and its consecutive odd number within 2-255 (128 and 129 is not used).
ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM 4.
ACIC1 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 1 ACIC1: Assignment of CIC Code Data 1 1. General This command is used for CCIS and/or ISDN data programming, and is assigned in the Common Channel Signaling Controller Group (CSCG) for a determinate Point Code (PC). Note: In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used interchangeably. 2. Precautions 1.
ACIC1 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 1 4.
ACIC2 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 2 ACIC2: Assignment of CIC Code Data 2 1. General This command is used for CCIS data programming, and is assigned the Circuit Identification Code (CIC) and LENS (of the speech channel of the CCIS link) for the PC. Note: In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used interchangeably. 2. Precautions 1.
ACIC2 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 2 4.
ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data ARTI: Assignment of Trunk Application Data 1. General This command assigns Trunk Application Data. 2. Precautions 1. The ARTD command should be assigned for the external trunk route. 2. The applicable number of the external trunk route is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX65. 3. Data Entry Instructions See data sheet in Section 4. 4.
ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data ROUTE NUMBER CDN TRUNK DATA 6 T309CON Assignment of Timer T309 for Layer 1 Failure 0 = Layer 1 Alarm with T309 is disabled 1 = Layer 1 Alarm [Temporary] with T309 is enabled 2 = Layer 1 Alarm [Permanent] with T309 is enabled 3 = Not used Call Restriction by user rate in Low Layer Capability Information Element 0= No restriction 1-31= Call which includes this user rate value is restricted. 7 LLCRST 8 VCM When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).
ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data ROUTE NUMBER CDN TRUNK DATA 20 21 DVRST RSCT Call restriction while Tie Line is backed up on ISDN. 0 = No restriction 1 = Speech call restriction (Speech. 3.1 kHz audio, 7 kHz audio calls are restricted) 2 = Data call restriction (Unrestricted digital, restricted digital and Video data are restricted.) 3 = Both Speech and Data calls are restricted.
ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data ROUTE NUMBER CDN TRUNK DATA (Australia only) Additional Service Selection bit 0 = Advice of Charge (AOC) 0 = Valid 1 = Invalid 32 SRV bit 1= Malicious Call Trace (MCT)/Malicious Call Identification (MCID) 0 = Valid 1 = Invalid bit2-bit6 = Not used bit7 = For TON and/or NPI 0 = Invalid 1 = Valid Note: 33 TON Type of Number 0 = Unknown 1 = International Number 2 = National Number 3 = Network Special Number 4 = Subscriber Number 6 = Abbreviated Number 7 = Res
ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data ROUTE NUMBER CDN TRUNK DATA 37 ECCISTM Release timer for E-CCIS Line 0 = 3 minutes (Default setting) 1 = 15 Seconds 2 = 30 Seconds 3 = 1 minute 4 = 2 minutes 5 = 5 minutes 6 = 10 minutes 7 = 30 minutes 8 = 30 minutes 9 = 1 hour 10-13 = Not used 14 = Immediately after call completion 15 = Not released 38 ECCISOB OG Billing for E-CCIS Line 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service 39 ECCISIB IC Billing for E-CCIS Line 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service 40 SPMET
ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data ROUTE NUMBER CDN TRUNK DATA ECCIS2 E-CCIS System 0 = Out of Service 1 = Common Channel System 2 = Not used 3 = Not used 50 IPINT (Japan only) Public PCS Protocol 0-5 = Not used 6 = IP Protocol (2B + D) 7 = Public PCS Protocol (2B + D) 8-15 = Not used 51 IPTRK IP Trunk 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service 52 CTCF Call Transfer/Forwarding Q.
ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM ARTIN: Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns and deletes trunk application data in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command can be used only when logging in to NCN (Network Control Node). 2.
ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899) CDN TRUNK DATA 1 RST Assignment of Restart 0 = Restart Send per Individual Channel 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = Restart not Send 2 HMT When assigning this data, always enter zero (0). 3 TRCRST Call Restriction by Information transfer rate in Bearer Capability Information Element 0 = No restriction 1 = Data call restriction (Unrestricted digital, Restricted digital and Video data calls are restricted.
ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899) CDN TRUNK DATA 7 LLCRST Call Restriction by user rate in Low Layer Capability Information Element 0 = No restriction 1-31 = Call which includes this user rate value is restricted. Note Note: User rate value is based on ITU-T Q-931. 8 VCM When assigning this data, always enter zero (0). 0 0 0 0 9 OVRT When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).
ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899) CDN TRUNK DATA 20 DVRST Call restriction while Tie Line is backed up on ISDN. 0 = No restriction 1 = Speech call restriction (Speech. 3.1 kHz audio, 7 kHz audio calls are restricted) 2 = Data call restriction (Unrestricted digital, restricted digital andVideo data are restricted.) 3 = Both Speech and Data calls are restricted.
ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899) CDN TRUNK DATA 31 ANI Timing to demand ANI Information 0 = There is no ANI demand at Incoming call 1 = After receiving 1st digit 2 = After receiving 2nd digit 3 = After receiving 3rd digit 4 = After receiving 4th digit 5 = After receiving 5th digit 6 = After receiving 6th digit 7 = After receiving 7th digit 32 SRV (Australia only) Additional Service Selection bit 0 = Advice of Charge (AOC) 0 = Valid 1 = Invalid bit 1 =
ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899) CDN TRUNK DATA 35 L/T Local/Toll (Russia only) When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).
ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899) CDN TRUNK DATA 47 INTD 48 JECCIS 49 ECCIS2 50 IPINT 51 IPTK 52 CTCF 53 RERT 54 DCANS 55 RND 56 CLBK CHAPTER 4 Page 658 Issue 1 Interface Detail 0 = Q-SIG 1 = IS-11572 Common Use with E-CCIS RT 0 = Out of Service 1 = In Service E-CCIS System 0 = Out of Service 1 = Common Channel System 2 = Not used 3 = Not used (Japan only) Public PCS Protocol 0-5 = Not used 6 = IP Protocol (2B+D) 7 = Public PCS Protocol
ASHP : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot ASHP: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature. 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature related data. 2. The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100. 3. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. 4.
ASHP : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot 4.
ASHPL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for LDM ASHPL: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Pilot. With this command, Station Hunting Group - Pilot can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature related data. 2. The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100. 3.
ASHPL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for LDM 4.
ASHPN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for NDM ASHPN: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for NDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Pilot for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature related data. 2.
ASHPN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for NDM 4.
ASHC : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular ASHC: Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Circular service feature. 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Circular service feature related data. 2. The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100. 3.
ASHC : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular 3. Data Entry Instructions SECRETARY Enter the secretary station number if required. TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 STATION NUMBER SECRETARY STATION NUMBER (SECRET STN) (STN) Max. 5 digits Max.
ASHC : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular 4.
ASHCL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Circular for LDM ASHCL: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Circular for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Circular service feature. With this command, Station Hunting Group - Circular can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Circular service feature related data. 2.
ASHCL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Circular for LDM 4.
ASHCN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular for NDM ASHCN: Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular for NDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Circular for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Circular service feature related data.
ASHCN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular for NDM 4.
ASHU : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD ASHU: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature. 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the UCD service related data. 2. The maximum number of stations within a UCD group is 100. 3. The UCD pilot station (controlling station) is assigned at the STN parameter. 4.
ASHU : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD 3. Data Entry Instructions STN Enter UCD pilot (controlling station) number TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 STATION NUMBER (STN) STATION NUMBER (STN) NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 2 3 4 5 Note: STN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 27 28 29 30 STN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) STN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 52 53 54 55 STN 77 78 79 80 Enter the Station Number to be assigned in “EDIT STN” box on the display.
ASHU : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD 4.
ASHUL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM ASHUL: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature for each Node by using Telephone Number. The data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the UCD service related data. 2. The maximum number of stations within a UCD group is 100. 3.
ASHUL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions UGN Fixed to 1 TELN Enter UCD pilot station (controlling station). USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.16 digits 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 2 3 4 5 Note: TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 52 53 54 55 27 28 29 30 TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 77 78 79 80 Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.
ASHUL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM 4.
ASHUN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM ASHUN: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command is also used to modify and delete the UCD service related data. 2.
ASHUN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions UGN Fixed to 1 TELN Enter UCD pilot station (controlling station). USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.16 digits 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 2 3 4 5 Note: TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 27 28 29 30 TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) 52 53 54 55 TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS (CNT) TELN 77 78 79 80 Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.
ASHUN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM 4.
AUCD : Assignment of UCD Control Data AUCD: Assignment of UCD Control Data 1. General This command assigns the miscellaneous data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature. 2. Precautions 1. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. 2. The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHU command. 3.
AUCD : Assignment of UCD Control Data 3. Data Entry Instructions TN and STN TN and STN (UCD pilot station number) parameter should be assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHU command. QTH ACT UCD queuing value (used for Peg Count) is: 0 = Invalid (QTH parameter is not assigned) 1 = Valid (QTH parameter is assigned) TENANT NUMBER (TN) STATION NUMBER (STN) UCD QUEUING PEG COUNT VALUE (QTH ACT) 0/1 QTH Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue. (This value is used for UCD Peg Count.
AUCD : Assignment of UCD Control Data 4.
AUCDL : Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM AUCDL: Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the miscellaneous data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature for each Node by using Telephone Number. The data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHUL command. 2.
AUCDL : Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions UGN and TELN UGN and TELN (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUL command. QTH ACT UCD queuing value (used for Peg Count) is: 0 = Invalid (QTH parameter is not assigned) 1 = Valid (QTH parameter is assigned) USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) 16 digits maximum QTH Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue. (This value is used for UCD Peg Count.
AUCDL : Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM 4.
AUCDN : Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM AUCDN: Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the miscellaneous data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) for Fusion Service. The data assigned on this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHUN command. 2.
AUCDN : Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions UGN and TELN UGN and TELN (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUN command. QTH ACT UCD queuing value (used for Peg Count) is: 0 = Invalid (QTH parameter is not assigned) 1 = Valid (QTH parameter is assigned) USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) 16 digits maximum QTH Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue. (This value is used for UCD Peg Count.
AUCDN : Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM 4.
AUOG : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group AUOG: Assignment of UCD Overflow Group 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Overflow - UCD service feature. 2. Precautions 1. The UCD member station and the UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHU command. 2. The calls terminate to the designated group can overflow (forward) to another UCD group. They overflow from TN-A, STN-A to TN-B, STN-B. 3.
AUOG : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group 4.
AUOGL : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for LDM AUOGL: Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Overflow - UCD service feature for each Node by using Telephone Number. The data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. The UCD member station and the UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHUL command. 2. The calls terminate to the designated group can overflow (forward) to another UCD group.
AUOGL : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for LDM 4.
AUOGN : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for NDM AUOGN: Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for NDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Overflow - UCD for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. The UCD member station and the UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHUN command. 2.
AUOGN : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for NDM 4.
AUAD : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data AUAD: Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Delay Announcement - UCD service feature. 2. Precautions 1. The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHU command. 2. A maximum of eight (8) external announcement machines can be assigned per UCD group. 3.
AUAD : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data 3. Data Entry Instructions TN and STN TN and STN (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned with respect to the TN and STN data assigned by the ASHU command. DLYT Enter the delay timer value in second with a range of 030 seconds. (2 seconds increments) MSGT Enter the message timer value in seconds within 0-30 seconds.
AUAD : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data 4.
AUADL : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM AUADL: Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Delay Announcement - UCD service feature for each Node by using Telephone Number. The data is written in the Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. Assign the Telephone Number (LDM) of the UCD member station by using the ASHUL command. 2. A maximum of eight (8) external announcement machines can be assigned per a UCD group. 3.
AUADL : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions UGN and TELN UGN is fixed to “1”. Enter the TELN (LDM) of the UCD pilot station with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUL command. INT The INT parameter appears when RP = 1. Enter the replay interval time value in seconds with a range of 0-30 seconds.
AUADL : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet CONTROLLING STATION USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) DELAY TIMER (DLYT) 0-30 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.16 DIGITS MESSAGE TIMER (MSGT) 0-30 ANNOUNCEMENT OUTPUT REPLAY (RP) 0/1 REPLAY INTERVAL (INT) 2-30 NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK (CNT) 1-8 ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK ROUTE NUMBER (RT) TRUNK NUMBER (TK) 1-768 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CONTROLLING STATION USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) DELAY TIMER (DLYT) 0-30 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
AUADN : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM AUADN: Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Delay Announcement - UCD for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. Assign the Telephone Number (NDM) of the UCD member station by using the ASHUN command. 2.
AUADN : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions UGN and TELN UGN is fixed to “1”. Enter the TELN (NDM) of the UCD pilot station with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUN command. DLYT Enter the delay timer value in second with a range of 030 seconds. (2 seconds increments) MSGT Enter the message timer value in seconds within 0-30 seconds.
AUADN : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM 4.
ACPG : Assignment of Call Pickup Group ACPG: Assignment of Call Pickup Group 1. General This command assigns call pickup group in the TN and STN. 2. Precautions 1. The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Group is 100. 2. The access code of the Call Pickup Group is assigned by the ASPA command SSC, SID = 7. 3. There is no limitation in a Call Pickup Group within a system. 4. The station can be assigned to only one Call Pickup Group.
ACPG : Assignment of Call Pickup Group 4.
ACPGL : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for LDM ACPGL: Assignment of Call Pickup Group for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to Call Pickup Group - LDM service. With this command, Call Pickup Group service feature can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Group is 100. 2. The access code of the Call Pickup Group is assigned by the ASPAL command SSC, SID=7. 3.
ACPGL : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for LDM 4.
ACPGN : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for NDM ACPGN: Assignment of Call Pickup Group for NDM 1. General This command assigns Call Pickup Group for Fusion Service in the UGN and TELN. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Group is 100. 2.
ACPGN : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for NDM 4.
ACPE : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data ACPE: Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data 1. General This command assigns the Call Pickup Expand Group data. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command, assignments of station are required by the ACPG command. 2. A maximum of 100 stations can be assigned in a Call Pickup Expand Group. 3. There is no limit to the number of Call Pickup Expand Group. 4.
ACPE : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data 4.
ACPEL : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM ACPEL: Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM 1. General This command assigns the data related to Call Pickup Expand Group - LDM service. With this command, Call Pickup Expand Group service feature can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command, assignments of station are required by the ACPGL command. 2. The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Expand Group is 100. 3.
ACPEL : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM 4.
ACPEN : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for NDM ACPEN: Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the Call Pickup Expand Group data for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command, assignments of stations are required by the ACPGN command. 2.
ACPEN : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for NDM 4.
AISA : Assignment of Individual Calling Entry Area AISA: Assignment of Individual Calling Entry Area 1. General This command designates the station type (MST or SLV) and the number of memory blocks to be used for the Speed Calling Group/Station. 2. Precautions 1. One (1) Speed Calling - Station memory can be assigned a maximum of 18 digits for the long speed dial number. 2. One (1) BLOCK consists of ten (10) Speed Calling - Station memories. 3. There are one hundred (100) BLOCKs per MG. 4.
AISA : Assignment of Individual Calling Entry Area 4.
AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to designate the station type (MST or SLV) and the number of memory block to be used for the Speed Calling Group/Station. The station data of AISA command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instructions TELN (MST/SLV) Enter the Telephone Number of the Master/Slave station to which Speed Calling Group data to be assigned. USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits BLOCK Assign the number of memory block for each station. This parameter appears when "MST" is selected in Station Type.
AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits STATION TYPE (MST/SLV) NDA-24298 NUMBER OF BLOCKS (BLOCK) 1-10 MASTER TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.
AISD : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data AISD: Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data 1. General This command assigns the speed dial number (of the Speed Calling - Station service feature) for a station, instead of a station user’s registration. This command also allows a maintenance person to monitor present user settings. 2. Precautions 1. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. 2.
AISD : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) STATION NUMBER (STN) SPEED CALLING DIGIT CODE (SPD) 00 – 99 NDA-24298 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TEL) MAX.
AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign the speed dial number (of the Speed Calling - Station service feature) for a station, instead of a station user’s registration. The station data of AISD command can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instructions TELN Assign the Telephone Number designated as a Master Station (Station Type = MST) by the AISA/AISA_T command. USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits SPD When assigning the parameter BLOCK=1 in the AISA/AISA_T command, assign any data in the range of 00-09 to this parameter.
AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 726 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits SPEED CALLING DIGIT CODE (SPD) 00-99 NDA-24298 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TEL) Max.
ASGD : Assignment of Special Group Data ASGD: Assignment of Special Group Data 1. General This command assigns the station number belonging to the special group which applies to the following service features: Off Hook Alarm Priority Call Do Not Disturb Room Cut Off 2. Precautions 1. The call destination of the special group is designated by the ASID command. 2. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. 3.
ASGD : Assignment of Special Group Data 4.
ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign the stations belong to the special group which applies to Off Hook Alarm, Priority Call, Do Not Disturb, and Room Cut Off services. The station data of ASGD can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instructions TELN Enter the Telephone Number of the station which belongs to the special group. USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.
ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet SPECIFIC USER FUNCTION TERMINATING TENANT GROUP GROUP NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER (F) (TN) (UGN) (GN) 0-7 1-7 1 SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT S/A SPECIAL TELEPHONE NUMBER (STELN) Max.
ASID : Assignment of Special Incoming ASID: Assignment of Special Incoming 1. General This command assigns the call destination of the following service features: Off Hook Alarm Attendant Night Transfer Priority Call Do not Disturb Room Cut Off 2. Precautions 1. The applicable stations to achieve the above service features are categorized as Special Group. The stations belonging to the Special Group are assigned by the ASGD command. 2.
ASID : Assignment of Special Incoming 3.
ASID : Assignment of Special Incoming 4.
ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign the destination of a call from the station which belongs to the special group, such as Off Hook Alarm, Attendant Night Transfer, Priority Call, Do Not Disturb, and Room Cut Off services. The station data of ASID can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number 3.
ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet SPECIFIC USER FUNCTION TERMINATING TENANT GROUP GROUP NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER (F) (TN) (UGN) (GN) 0-7 1-7 1 SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT S/A SPECIAL TELEPHONE NUMBER (STELN) Max.
ATTD : Assignment of Trunk Test Data ATTD: Assignment of Trunk Test Data 1. General This command assigns, deletes, and displays trunk connection test data. 2. Precautions It cannot be executed to overwrite the existing data in this command. 3. Data Entry Instructions When TYPE=1 LGRT Enter the Logical Route Number when RT TYPE=2 is assigned.
ATTD : Assignment of Trunk Test Data 4. Data Sheet (a) When TYPE=1 INFORMATION TYPE (TYPE) 1/2 ROUTE TYPE (RT TYPE) 1/2 ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 RESPONSE PATTERN (RESP) 1-3 NDA-24298 DIAL CODE (DC) Max.
ATTD : Assignment of Trunk Test Data (b) When TYPE=2 INFORMATION TYPE (TYPE) 1/2 CHAPTER 4 Page 740 Issue 1 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U G LV INDIVIDUAL TRUNK ACCESS CODE (ACC) Max. 3 Digits NDA-24298 TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 STATION NUMBER (STN) Max.
ACFS : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data ACFS: Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data 1. General This command is used to set the Call Forwarding - All Calls/Busy Line/Don’t Answer, and further the Split Call Forwarding Services. 2. Precautions 1. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. 2.
ACFS : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) STATION NUMBER (STN) CHAPTER 4 Page 742 Issue 1 CALL RESTRICTED CALL FORWARDING CALL KIND FORWARDING TYPE KIND (RCV) (TYPE) 1/2 V/B/D/N 1/2 NDA-24298 CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION NUMBER (CFD) MAX.
ACFS_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data – Telephone Number ACFS_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to set the Call Forwarding - All Calls/Busy Line/Don’t Answer, and further the Split Call Forwarding Services for each station. The station data of ACFS command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
ACFS_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits CHAPTER 4 Page 744 Issue 1 CALL KIND OF CALL FORWARDING RECEIVED FORWARDING KIND CALL TYPE (SRV) (RCV) (TYPE) NDA-24298 CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION NUMBER (CFD) Max.
ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM 1. General This command is used to readout, assign, and delete the data related to Call Forwarding features. The data is written in the Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. 2. Depending on the system data setting by ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 (Access Code for C.F. – Busy and C.F.
ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM 4. Data Sheet (a) TYPE = 1 (ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 = 0 and INDEX79 bit2 = 0 is assigned); DAY/NIGHT MODE (D/N) TENANT NUMBER (TN) SERVICE FEATURE CLASS (SFC) 0-15 CALL FORWARD ALL DESTINATION (CFAD) MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #] CALL FORWARD BUSY/ DO NOT ANSWER DESTINATION (CFBD/CFDD) MAX.
ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM (c) TYPE = 3 (ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 = 0 and INDEX79 bit2 = 1 is assigned); DAY/NIGHT MODE (D/N) TENANT NUMBER (TN) SERVICE FEATURE CLASS (SFC) 0-15 CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS DESTINATION FOR STATIONS (CFAS) MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #] CALL FORWARD BUSY/DO NOT ANSWER DESTINATION FOR STATIONS (CFBS/CFDS) MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #] CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS (CFAT) MAX.
ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM (d) TYPE = 4 (ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 = 1 and INDEX79 bit2 = 1 is assigned); DAY/NIGHT MODE (D/N) TENANT NUMBER (TN) SERVICE FEATURE CLASS (SFC) 0-15 CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS DESTINATION FOR STATIONS (CFAS) MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #] CALL FORWARD BUSY DESTINATION FOR STATIONS (CFBS) MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #] CALL FORWARD DO NOT ANSWER DESTINATION FOR STATIONS (CFDS) MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #] CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS (CFAT) MAX.
ASLU1 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 ASLU1: Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature. 2. Precautions 1. The call terminating to the slumber group is forwarded to an Attendant Console or an Announcement trunk (DAT circuit card) with a predetermined slumber time. 2. The station numbers belonging to the slumber group are assigned by the ASLU1 command. 3.
ASLU1 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 4.
ASLU1_T : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 – Telephone Number ASLU1_T : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign the data related to the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature. The station data of ASLU1 command can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command.
ASLU1_T : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 752 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.
ASLU2 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2 ASLU2: Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature. 2. Precautions 1. The slumber time period and the forwarded destination are assigned by this command. A maximum of four (4) different time periods can be assigned as the Slumber Time. 2. The G parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the ASLU1 command.
ASLU2 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2 3. Data Entry Instructions G Enter the number assigned by the ASLU1 command. SLUMBER TIME GROUP NUMBER (G) 1-7 CNT 1-4 TRANSFER KIND (TFR) 1/2 SLUMBER TIME Enter the time period for restricting the incoming call.
ASLU2 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2 4.
ACSA : Assignment of Connection Service Index A ACSA: Assignment of Connection Service Index A 1. General This command assigns the call termination for CAS Line and Direct-in Termination (Day Only). 2. Precautions 1. The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service feature. 2. CAS data at the Satellite Station (a) It is necessary to set the Telephone Class (TEC) of the CAS Line to “15” in the ASDT command. (b) A ring-down incoming call from a C.O.
ACSA : Assignment of Connection Service Index A 4. Data Sheet ROUTE NUMBER (RT) TRUNK NUMBER (TK) CONNECTION SERVICE INDEX A (CSIA) 1–7 TERMINATING STATION TENANT NUMBER (TN) NDA-24298 STATION NUMBER (STN) MAX.
ACSAL : Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM ACSAL: Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM 1. General This command assigns the call termination for CAS Line and Direct-in Termination (Day Only) for the Local Node (LN) in Fusion network. 2. Precautions 1. The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service feature. 2.
ACSAL : Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM 4. Data Sheet LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) TRUNK NUMBER (TK) CONNECTION SERVICE INDEX A (CSIA) 1–7 TERMINATING STATION USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ACSI : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data ACSI: Assignment of Connection Service Index Data 1. General This command assigns the call termination for Direct-in Termination (Day and Night), Night Connection and Remote Access to System. 2. Precautions 1. The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service feature. 2.
ACSI : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data 3.
ACSI : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data 4.
ACSIL : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM ACSIL: Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the call termination for Direct-in Termination (Day and Night), Night Connection and Remote Access to System for the Local Node (LN) in Fusion network. 2. Precautions 1. The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service feature. 2.
ACSIL : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM 3. Data Entry Instructions CSI 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = Direct-In Termination (Day and Night Mode) 4 = Direct-In Termination (Night Mode) 5 = Remote Access to PBX 6 = Night Connection-Outside 7 = Direct-In Termination-Outside (Day and Night Mode) LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 6 2 2 NND Enter the number of digit of the station applying to the first digit.
ACSIL : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM 4.
ANCD : Assignment of Night Connection Data ANCD: Assignment of Night Connection Data 1. General This command is used when the Power Failure Transfer (PFT) circuit card is controlled by the external key. 2. Precautions 1. When the “PFT control by the external key” is required, the following data assignments are needed: (a) AUNT command, TYPE = 2 (PFT) (b) AEKD command (c) ANCD command (d) ACSI command, CSI = 4 (Direct-in Termination (Night Mode)) 3.
ANCD : Assignment of Night Connection Data 4.
ANCD_LR : Assignment of Night Connection Data – Logical Route Number ANCD_LR: Assignment of Night Connection Data – Logical Route Number 1. General This command is used when the Power Failure Transfer (PFT) circuit card is controlled by the external key. Route data of the ANCD command can be assigned by logical route number. 2. Precautions 1. 2. 3. Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command.
ANCD_LR : Assignment of Night Connection Data – Logical Route Number 4.
ATAS : Assignment TAS Service Data ATAS: Assignment TAS Service Data 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Trunk Answer From Any Station (TAS) service feature. 2. Precautions 1. One tenant can be provided one TAS indicator. 2. The TAS answer access code is assigned by the ASPA command, SRV = SSC, SID = 16. 3. The TAS answering capability is assigned by the ASFC command, SFI=13 and the ACFR command, TSFI = 5. 4.
ATAS : Assignment TAS Service Data 4.
AEKD : Assignment of External Key Data AEKD: Assignment of External Key Data 1. General This command assigns the External Key related data, which allows a maintenance person to change the system over to the Day/Night mode by means of ON/OFF on the PFT circuit card. 2. Precautions 1.
AEKD : Assignment of External Key Data 4.
AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data AAND: Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data 1. General This command assigns ANI data for the number of digits of the calling station number and the office code on each route basis for the Automatic Number Identification (ANI) Service. (For E911 ANI) 2. Precautions The route number set in parameter RT should have been designated in ARTD, ANI = 1. 3.
AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data 4. Data Sheet (a) When STA/ATT, the Individual Attendant Number, is assigned.
AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data (b) When STA/ATT, the Individual Attendant Number, is assigned.
AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data (c) When ATT, the Individual Attendant Number, is not assigned. Outgoing (AT = 1).
AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number AAND_LR: Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number 1. General This command is used to assign ANI data for the number of digits of calling station number and the office code on each tenant basis for the Automatic Number Identification (ANI) service (for E911 ANI). Route number of the AAND command can be assigned by using Logical Route. 2. Precautions 1.
AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number 4. Data Sheet (a) When AT = STA outgoing, CC = Main Central is selected; LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 Note: FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 OUTSIDE ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1- MAIN/ STA/ATT SATELLITE OUTGOING CENTRAL (AT) (CC) EXPANSION OF STA NUMBER LENGTH (KT) OFF/ON STA NUMBER LENGTH (STNL) 1– 8 Note OFFICE CODE TO BE ADDED (ADD) 1–10 CALL ORIGINATOR DIGIT TO BE SKIPPED (SKIP) 0–10 OFFICE CODE (DC) MAX.
AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number (b) When AT = STA, CC = Satellite Central is selected; LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 CHAPTER 4 Page 780 Issue 1 OUTSIDE ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1- STA/ATT OUTGOING (AT) MAIN/ SATELLITE CENTRAL (CC) CENTRAL OFFICE CODE (COC) MAX. 5 DIGITS NDA-24298 OFFICE CODE TO BE ADDED (ADD) 1–10 CALL ORIGINATOR DIGIT TO BE SKIPPED (SKIP) 0–10 OFFICE CODE (DC) MAX.
AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number (c) When AT = ATT outgoing is selected; LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 OUTSIDE ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1- STA/ATT OUTGOING (AT) NDA-24298 OFFICE CODE (DC) MAX.
AANDE : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Expansion Data AANDE: Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Expansion Data 1. General This command assigns ANI data for the number of digits for the calling station number and the office code on each tenant basis for the Automatic Number Identification Expansion (ANIE) Service. (For E911ANI) 2. Precautions 1. This data is available when E911 ANI Office Code Expansion is in service (the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 246, bit5=1). 2.
AANDE : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Expansion Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) CALL ORIGINATOR (SKIP) 0 - 10 OFFICE CODE TO BE ADDED (ADD) 1 - 10 OFFICE CODE (DC) MAX.
AANI : Assignment of ANI Data AANI: Assignment of ANI Data 1. General This command assigns Automatic Number Identification (ANI) data sent per tenant by the request from opposite office. 2. Precautions 1. Before using this command, ASYD SYS1 INDEX 125 b4 - b7 (Type of MFC Signaling System) should be assigned. 2. When ASYD command, SYS 2 INDEX 15, b2 = 1, the following number is sent as ANI data. (a) Calling party is a station: Calling party’s station number is sent.
AANI : Assignment of ANI Data 4.
ASPD : Assignment of Speed Calling ASPD: Assignment of Speed Calling 1. General This command assigns the speed calling number corresponding to each Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC). 2. Precautions 1. The speed calling number assigned by this command (the data entered at the DC parameter) is transmitted when an ADC is dialed following the Speed Calling - System access code. 2.
ASPD : Assignment of Speed Calling 3. Data Entry Instructions ADC Enter an abbreviated digits code. TENANT NUMBER (TN) ABBREVIATED DIGITS (ADC) MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS CD Enter desired speed calling number. TELEPHONE NUMBER (CD) MUXIMUM 24 DIGITS REMARKS 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE (ADC) MAX.
AATC : Assignment of Authorization Code Data AATC: Assignment of Authorization Code Data 1. General This command assigns the Authorization Code that is used for Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Pad Lock, and Remote Access to system features. 2. Precautions 1. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 94, bit3=1), assign TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants. 2.
AATC : Assignment of Authorization Code Data 4.
AATC : Assignment of Authorization Code Data (b) When SFC and RSC are not assigned for each Authorization Code (ACR = 2) TENANT NUMBER (TN) AUTHORIZATION CODE (DC) MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS AUTHORIZATION CODE RESTRICTION (ACR) 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CHAPTER 4 Page 790 Issue 1 NDA-24298 REMARKS
ACFO : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data ACFO: Assignment of Call Forwarding Data 1. General This command assigns various call forwarding service data on a tenant basis. The destinations of forwarded calls can be the attendant console, a station, or an outside party. 2. Precautions 1. The parameter ADC displays only when designating 4 in the CF parameter. The Abbreviated Digit Codes (ADC) and the speed dial number are assigned by the ASPD command. 2.
ACFO : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data 4. Data Sheet CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION AND STATION NUMBER CALL FORWARDING SERVICE TENANT NUMBER (TN) TYPE OF C.F. SERVICE (CF) 1–4 C.F. – Busy Line 1 C.F. – Don’t Answer 2 C.F. – Intercept 3 Night Connection Outside 4 C.F. – Busy Line 1 C.F. – Don’t Answer 2 C.F. – Intercept 3 Night Connection Outside 4 C.F. – Busy Line 1 C.F. – Don’t Answer 2 C.F. – Intercept 3 Night Connection Outside 4 C.F. – Busy Line 1 C.F.
ACFO_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data – Telephone Number ACFO_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign various call forwarding service data on a tenant basis. The destinations of forwarded calls can be the attendant console, a station, or an outside party. The station data of ACFO command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
ACFO_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION TENANT NUMBER (TN) CALL FORWARDING SERVICE (CF) (CFI) (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits C.F. - Busy Line C.F. - Don’t Answer C.F. - Intercept Night Connection Outside C.F. - Busy Line C.F. - Don’t Answer C.F. - Intercept Night Connection Outside C.F. - Busy Line C.F. - Don’t Answer C.F. - Intercept Night Connection Outside C.F. - Busy Line C.F. - Don’t Answer C.F.
ACDN : Assignment of Number of Digits for Consecutive Dialing Data ACDN: Assignment of Number of Digits for Consecutive Dialing Data 1. General This command assigns the number of digits to be added to the access code of a distant office that has been assigned via the AMND command. 2. Precautions 1. The ARTD command is to be used to assign data “1” in the parameter CD prior to the operation of this command.
ACDN : Assignment of Number of Digits for Consecutive Dialing Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 796 Issue 1 DESTINATION CODE (DC) MAX.
AARS : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction AARS: Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction 1. General This command assigns various service connections between the outgoing route and the incoming route when they are to be restricted, or to assign the existing restrictions when such service connections are to be canceled. 2. Precautions If the data is not assigned, the specified connections are to be restricted. 3.
AARS : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction 4.
AARSN : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM AARSN: Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM 1. General This command assigns various service connections between the outgoing route and the incoming route when they are to be restricted, or to assign the existing restrictions when such service connections are to be canceled.
AARSN : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM 4.
ALPE: Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data ALPE:Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data 1. General This command assigns the eight-party Conference Trunk (CFT card), which is seized in Line Privacy Expansion Service on a per-tenant basis. 2. Precautions 1. Enter the data “1” at the TN parameter when “1” is entered at the TNF parameter. 2. The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. 3.
ALPE: Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data 4. Data Sheet TENANT FLAG (TNF) 0/1 CHAPTER 4 Page 802 Issue 1 TENANT NUMBER (TN) STATION NUMBER (STN) MAX.
ARPC : Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service ARPC: Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Message Center Interface - CCIS service feature. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used only at the main office of the Message Center Interface - CCIS service feature. 2.
ARPC : Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service 4.
ARDN : Assignment of Remote Control Day/Night ARDN: Assignment of Remote Control Day/Night 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Centralized Day/Night Mode Change service feature. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used only at the Main office which controls the Day/Night mode for the satellite office via the CCIS link. 2. When there are multiple satellite offices created by grouping tenant numbers, the mode can be changed on all the satellite offices or on a per tenant basis. 3.
ARDN : Assignment of Remote Control Day/Night 3. Data Entry Instructions INDEX Enter an arbitrary unique number within the range from 0 to 15. PC Enter the PC of satellite office. POINT CODE INDEX (INDEX) 0-15 POINT CODE (PC) 1-16383 REMARKS 4.
ACDD : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial in Service ACDD: Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial in Service 1. General This command assigns the Change Digit Code for the ISDN line with DID Addressing. 2. Precautions 1. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis if specified in the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, Bit 5=1. 2. This command does not affect DC = 0 (Sub Address - Addressing) assigned by the ARTD command. 3. Enter the B-Channel Route Number in the parameter RT. 3.
ACDD : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial in Service 4. Data Sheet DAY/NIGHT MODE (DAY/NIGHT) D/N CHAPTER 4 Page 808 Issue 1 ROUTE NUMBER (RT) DIGIT CODE (DC) MAX. 7 DIGITS CHANGE DIGIT CODE (CDC) MAX.
ACDD_LR : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service – Logical Route Number ACDD_LR: Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service – Logical Route Number 1. General This command is used to assign the Change Digit Code for the ISDN line with DID Addressing. Route number of the ACDD command can be assigned by using Logical Route. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command. 2.
ACDD_LR : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service – Logical Route Number 4. Data Sheet DAY/ NIGHT MODE (D/N) CHAPTER 4 Page 810 Issue 1 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1-899 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 EXTERNAL ROUTE NUMBER (RT) DIGIT CODE (DC) MAX. 7 DIGITS [0-9, *, #] NDA-24298 CHANGE DIGIT CODE (CDC) MAX.
ACNP : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern ACNP: Assignment of Calling Number Pattern 1. General This command assigns the Calling Number Pattern (CNP) to the route that is used for the SID To NetworkPresent service/for the Calling Party Recognition service. 2. Precautions 1. Enter a B-Channel Route Number in the RT parameter. 2. The CNP is an intermediate parameter to assign the SID using the ACND command. 3.
ACNP : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern 4.
ACNPN : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern for NDM ACNPN: Assignment of Calling Number Pattern for NDM 1. General This command assigns the Calling Number Pattern (CNP) to the route which is used for the SID To NetworkPresent service/for the Calling Party Recognition service. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. Enter a B-Channel Logical Route Number in the LGRT parameter.
ACNPN : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern for NDM 4.
ACND : Assignment of Calling Number Data ACND: Assignment of Calling Number Data 1. General This command assigns the Service Identification Number (SID) sent to the ISDN for the SID To Network Present service for the Calling Party Recognition service. 2. Precautions The CNP parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the ACNP command. 3.
ACND : Assignment of Calling Number Data 4. Data Sheet CALLING NUMBER PATTERN (CNP) 0 - 255 CHAPTER 4 Page 816 Issue 1 SKIP DIGIT (SKIP) 0 - 24 NUMBER OF DIGITS OF THE ADDITIONAL NUMBER (ADD) 0 - 24 DIGIT CODE OF THE ADDITIONAL NUMBER (DC) MAX.
ACNDN : Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM ACNDN: Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the Station Number Identification (SID) sent to the ISDN for the SID To Network Present service/for the Calling Party Recognition service. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
ACNDN : Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet CALLING NUMBER PATTERN (CNP) 0 - 1023 CHAPTER 4 Page 818 Issue 1 SKIP DIGIT (SKIP) 0 - 24 NUMBER OF DIGITS OF THE ADDITIONAL NUMBER (ADD) 0 - 24 DIGIT CODE OF THE ADDITIONAL NUMBER (DC) MAX.
ACPNCL : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for LDM ACPNCL: Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for LDM 1. General This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Route Number. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). 2. Precautions 1. When the calling party number that is more than 8 digits including the office code (ARNP, RT=0) is received from CCIS line, the calling party number is sent as Physical Station Number through CCIS line.
ACPNCL : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for LDM 4. Data Sheet OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER (OGRT) 1-255 CHAPTER 4 Page 820 Issue 1 RECEIVED CALLING PARTY NUMBER (RCPN) Max. 24 digits NUMBER OF DIGIT TO BE SKIPPED (SKIP) 0-24 NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL DIGIT CODE (ADD) 0-24 NDA-24298 CALLING PARTY NUMBER TO BE ADDED (ACPN) Max.
ACPNCN : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for NDM ACPNCN: Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for NDM 1. General This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Logical Route Number. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
ACPNCN : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for NDM 4. Data Sheet OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (OGRT) 1-899 CHAPTER 4 Page 822 Issue 1 RECEIVED CALLING PARTY NUMBER (RCPN) Max. 24 digits NUMBER OF DIGIT TO BE SKIPPED (SKIP) 0-24 NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL DIGIT CODE (ADD) 0-24 NDA-24298 CALLING PARTY NUMBER TO BE ADDED (ACPN) Max.
AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number AFCP: Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number 1. General This command assigns the data related to the Calling Party Recognition Service of ISDN. 2. Precautions 1. When the Calling Forwarding Destination is a trunk line, assign the Abbreviated Digit Code for the trunk line using the ASPD command. 2. Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis if specified in the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 76, Bit 2=1. 3.
AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number 3.
AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number 4. Data Sheet (a) Call Forwarding Destination is a station. DAY/NIGHT MODE (DAY/NIGHT) D/N TENANT NUMBER (TN) CALL FORWARDING SERVICE FUTURE (CFSI) 0-3 CALLING PARTY NUMBER (CALLING PARTY) MAX. 32 DIGITS INFORMATION TRANSFER (ITC) 0-2 CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION (CFD) 0 STATION NUMBER (STN) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (b) Call Forwarding Destination is an ATTCON.
AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number (c) Call Forwarding Destination is a C.O. Line. DAY/ NIGHT MODE (DAY/ NIGHT) D/N TENANT NUMBER (TN) CALLING PARTY NUMBER (CALLING PARTY) MAX. 32 DIGITS CALL FORWARDING SERVICE FUTURE (CFSI) 0-3 INFORMATION TRANSFER (ITC) 0-2 CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION (CFD) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CHAPTER 4 Page 826 Issue 1 NDA-24298 ABBREVIATE DIGIT CODE (ADC) MAX.
AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign/delete the data related to the Calling Party Recognition Service of ISDN. The station data of AFCP command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used.
AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number 3. Data Entry Instruction CALLING PARTY Called Station Number + ACC (Note) + Calling Party Number Note: Enter the Access Code assigned in the ACND command. DAY/NIGHT (D/N) USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CALLING PARTY NUMBER (CALLING PARTY) Max.
AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet (a) Call Forwarding Destination is a station (CFD = Telephone Number). DAY/NIGHT (D/N) USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CALL FORWARDING INFORMATION TRANSFER SERVICE (ITC) FEATURE (CFSI) CALLING PARTY NUMBER (CALLING PARTY) Max. 32 digits CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION (CFD) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max. 16 digits REMARKS TELN DAY/NIGHT UGN CFSI ITC CALLING PARTY Max. 32 digits TELN Max.
AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number (b) Call Forwarding Destination is an ATTCON (CFD = ATT) D/N UGN CALL FORWARDING SERVICE FEATURE (CFSI) CALLING PARTY NUMBER (CALLING PARTY) Max. 32 digits INFORMATION TRANSFER (ITC) CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION (CFD) ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT ATT (c) Call Forwarding Destination is a C.O.
ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data ACBC: Assignment of Call by Call Service Data 1. General This command assigns the Call by Call Information for an ISDN Network. 2. Precautions 1. Before assigning data, assign the Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) using the AOPR command. 2. Table 4-28 provides the applicable data assignment for each ISDN switch. Table 4-28 Data Assignments for ISDN Switch AT&T ACBC NT Feature Access Service Access (SDN) Service Access (MEGACOM, etc.
ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data 3. Data Entry Instructions OPR OPR is specified by the AOPR command TDPTN SCC Enter SCC distinguish number.
ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data Table 4-29 Code WHEN APPLICABLE DATA AND MEANINGS INTF = 1 (N-ISDN2) 17 = INWATS Selection 18 = OUTWATS 19 = Foreign Exchange (FX) 20 = Tie Trunk (TIE) INTF = 5 (AT&T), SERV = 0 (Feature) 0 = Transmit Network Selection 1 = CPN (SID) Preferred 2 = BN (ANI) Preferred 3 = CPN (SID) Only 4 = BN (ANI) Only 5 = Operator 6 = PCCO 9 = Call Associated TSC 10 = Notification of Call Associated TSC Clearing or Resource Unavailable INTF = 5 (AT&T), SERV = 1 (Service)
ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data 4.
AREF : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data AREF: Assignment of Reference Number Information Data 1. General This command is used to assign Reference Number for ISDN feature. 2. Precautions None 3. Data Entry Instructions REF Enter the specified Reference Number within 18 digits. OUTSIDE ROUTE NUMBER (RT) REFERENCE NUMBER (REF) MAX.
AREF : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data 4. Data Sheet REFERENCE NUMBER (REF) MAX.
AREF_LR : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data – Logical Route Number AREF_LR: Assignment of Reference Number Information Data – Logical Route Number 1. General This command is used to assign Reference Number for ISDN feature. Route number of the AREF command can be assigned by using Logical Route. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command. 2.
AREF_LR : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data – Logical Route Number 4. Data Sheet FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 CHAPTER 4 Page 838 Issue 1 REFERENCE NUMBER (REF) MAX.
AVTC : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Call Data AVTC: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Call Data 1. General This command assigns Virtual Tie Line Numbers to be used in Virtual Tie Line Service. 2. Precautions 1. This data is to be assigned at the terminating office. 2. A Virtual Tie Line Number is a station number converted, as a number for Virtual Tie Line Service, from one of the subscriber numbers assigned on the ISDN line. 3. Data Entry Instructions Refer to data sheet in Section 4.
AVTC : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Call Data 4.
AVTL : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data AVTL: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data 1. General This command assigns a schedule for Virtual Tie Line implementation period in Virtual Tie Line Service. 2. Precautions 1. At the time of data setting, assign incoming/outgoing call data synchronously. 2. The maximum input value for Route Number should be the value assigned by ASYD. After entering the Route Number, check to see if the corresponding Route Data is assigned.
AVTL : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data 6. When the Date Range is one day, only the starting week is displayed. The relationship between the Date Range and the Week Range is as follows: Example: DATE: WEEK: 11/08 - 11/22 MON-WED In a case where 11/08 is Wednesday and 11/22 is Wednesday two weeks after, in the designated Date Range, 8th is the first Monday. 13th through 15th are Monday through Wednesday of next week, and 20th through 22nd are Monday through Wednesday of the week after next.
AVTL : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data 4.
AVTM : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Manual AVTM: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Manual 1. General This command immediately activates Virtual Tie Line. 2. Precautions This command is used in the following conditions: • When a failure occurs in a Virtual Tie Line, causing a link release. • When Virtual Tie Line is needed immediately. 3. Data Entry Instructions Enter a “Y” for Yes, or a “N” for No.
AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS AEVT: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS 1. General This command assigns Virtual Tie Line data for Event Based CCIS. 2. Precautions 1. When the parameter Verification of Connection (VRY) is assigned as “1,” if the Calling party number is not the same as the number assigned in the parameter CALLED, connection is not established. 2.
AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS ♦ When FUNC=1 and TYPE=3/4 are assigned TYPE 1=Separate Channel System 2=Separate Channel System (for Call-By-Call) 3=Common Channel System 4=Common Channel System (When "NPI" and "TON" are assigned by the ACBC command) FUNCTION ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 TRUNK NUMBER (TK) 1 CALLING DID number for incoming call from an E-CCIS DESTINATION E-CCIS trunk identification number.
AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS ♦ When FUNC=2 is assigned PC Point code of terminating node FUNCTION POINT CODE (PC) 1-16367 RT Enter the E-CCIS route number for each terminating node ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 2 NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 847 Issue 1
AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS 4.
AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS (b) FUNCTION = 1 and TYPE = 3/4 (“OPR” and “RA” parameters are available for TYPE = 4) ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 TRUNK NUMBER (TK) DESTINATION NUMBER (DESTINATION) 1-6 CALLING NUMBER (CALLING) 1-24 0 CALLED NUMBER (CALLED) 1-24 NDA-24298 ISDN_RT VRY OPR RA 1-255 0/1 1-4000 0-7 CHAPTER 4 Page 849 Issue 1
AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS (c) FUNCTION = 2 (E-CCIS RT is set for each terminating node) POINT CODE (PC) 1-16367 CHAPTER 4 Page 850 Issue 1 ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255 NDA-24298
AITD : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data AITD: Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data 1. General This command assigns ISDN terminal data and FID to only B1 channel. 2. Precautions None 3. Data Entry Instructions FUNC 1 = Terminal information 2 = Feature Identifier Data (FID) FUNCTION (FUNC) 1/2 TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 TN Enter the Tenant Number when “1” is assigned at FUNC parameter. TYPE 1 = N-ISDN1 STATION NUMBER (STN) Max.
AITD : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data 4. Data Sheet FUNCTION (FUNC) 1/2 CHAPTER 4 Page 852 Issue 1 TENANT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 STATION NUMBER (STN) Max.
AITD_T : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number AITD_T : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number 1. General This command is used to assign ISDN terminal data and FID to only B1 channel. The station data of AITD command can be assigned by using Telephone Number. 2. Precautions 1. Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command. 2.
AITD_T : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number 4. Data Sheet FUNCTION (FUNC) CHAPTER 4 Page 854 Issue 1 USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) Max.
ACRD : Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory ACRD: Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory 1. General This command assigns the related data for the connection route used for B-channel and D-channel in the Fusion Network link. 2. Precautions 1. The available connection route numbers are 1-1023. 2. For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual. 3. Data Entry Instructions Refer to data sheet in Section 4.
ACRD : Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory 4. Data Sheet CONNECTION RT No.
ACRD : Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory CONNECTION RT No.
AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM AFPD: Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns PAD data for the connection route. 2. Precautions 1. This data has priority over the data assigned by PAD in command ACRD. 2. When data is input on this command, the data in the ACRD CDN6: PAD must be “7.
AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM 3.
AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM When TYPE = 3 is assigned TYPE 3= C_RT → RT IC C_RT Assign the incoming connection route number TYPE OF CONNECTION INCOMING ROUTE (TYPE) CONNECTION (IC) OUTGOING ROUTE (OG RT) 1-255 OGPAD 1 - 14 = Note 15 = PAD OFF (0dB) INCOMING PAD DATA OUTGOING PAD DATA (OGPAD) (ICPAD) 1-15 1-15 3 3 3 OGRT Assign the outgoing route number ICPAD 1 - 14 = Note 15 = PAD OFF (0dB) When TYPE = 4 is assigned TYPE 4 = STN ←→ C_RT TYPE OF CONNECTION (TYPE) SFC Ass
AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM (a) RT → C_RT TYPE OF CONNECTION (TYPE) INCOMING ROUTE (IC RT) 1-899 OUTGOING CONNECTION ROUTE (OG C_RT) 1-1023 INCOMING PAD DATA (ICPAD) 1-15 OUTGOING PAD DATA (OGPAD) 1-15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 861 Issue 1
AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM (b) C_RT → C_RT TYPE OF CONNECTION (TYPE) INCOMING CONNECTION ROUTE (IC C_RT) 1-1023 OUTGOING CONNECTION ROUTE (OG C_RT) 1-1023 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CHAPTER 4 Page 862 Issue 1 NDA-24298 INCOMING PAD DATA (ICPAD) 1-15 OUTGOING PAD DATA (OGPAD) 1-15
AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM (c) C_RT → RT TYPE OF CONNECTION (TYPE) INCOMING CONNECTION ROUTE (IC C_RT) 1-1023 OUTGOING ROUTE (OG RT) 1-255 INCOMING PAD DATA (ICPAD) 1-15 OUTGOING PAD DATA (OGPAD) 1-15 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 863 Issue 1
AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM (d) STN ← → C_RT TYPE OF CONNECTION (TYPE) SERVICE FEATURE RESTRICTION CLASS (SFC) 0-15 CONNECTION ROUTE (C_RT) 1-1023 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 CHAPTER 4 Page 864 Issue 1 NDA-24298 INCOMING PAD DATA (ICPAD) 1-15 OUTGOING PAD DATA (OGPAD) 1-15
ACTK : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for Local Data Memory ACTK: Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for Local Data Memory 1. General This command assigns the connection trunk used in the Fusion Network link. 2. Precautions 1. Before executing this command, assign the connection route class data using the ACRD command. 2. The available connection route numbers are 1-1023. 3. The available connection trunk numbers are 1-4095. 4.
ACTK : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for Local Data Memory 4.
ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM ACTKC: Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns and deletes the connection trunk data for B-channel/D-channel route by designating the range of trunk numbers and LENS. 2. Precautions 1. This command can be used only when the PBX and the MAT are connected in on-line state. 3. Data Entry Instruction STEP Specify the interval between the consecutive connection trunk numbers to be assigned/deleted.
ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM [Details on Trunk Arrangement “TYPE”] When assigning the consecutive trunk data using the ACTKC command, you must select the trunk arrangement type (1-6) in the “TYPE” parameter.
ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM • TYPE=2 (Level → Unit → Group) Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order: U=2 Slot No. 05 LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 1MG 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 U=3 06 15 16 24 56 32 64 80 96 17 49 40 72 88 25 57 73 89 16 48 33 65 81 9 41 Level No. Group No. 00 01 02 03 02 03 04 05 U=0 • U=1 TYPE=3 (Group → Level → Unit) Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order: U=2 Slot No.
ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM • TYPE=4 (Group → Unit → Level) Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order: U=2 Slot No. 05 LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 1MG 06 85 13 1 U=3 2 15 16 91 92 93 96 19 20 7 8 88 21 9 89 90 24 12 16 4 17 18 5 6 3 Level No. 02 03 04 05 00 01 02 03 Group No. U=0 • U=1 TYPE=5 (Unit → Level → Group) Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order: U=2 Slot No.
ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM • TYPE=6 (Unit → Group → Level) Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order: U=2 Slot No. 1MG 05 LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 U=3 06 15 16 87 91 89 92 94 96 15 19 3 7 85 89 93 95 16 20 22 24 4 8 10 12 86 90 13 17 21 23 1 5 9 11 14 18 2 6 02 03 04 05 00 01 02 03 Level No. Group No.
ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM 4.
AFCH : Assignment of FCCH Number for Local Data Memory AFCH: Assignment of FCCH Number for Local Data Memory 1. General This command assigns the FCCH card that provides the D-channel in the Fusion Network link. 2. Precautions 1. Before executing this command, the trunk for D-channel should be assigned by the ACRD/ACTK commands. 2. Use sequential numbers starting from 1 at each node. 3. Assign odd numbers for Group and 0 (zero) for Level in the parameter FCHEN. 4.
AFCH : Assignment of FCCH Number for Local Data Memory 4.
AFPC : Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory AFPC: Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory 1. General This command assigns the B-channel and the D-channel data for each FPC. 2. Precautions 1. The maximum number of alternative connection trunks is 8 for 1 FPC. 2. The maximum number of the alternative FCH cards is 8 for 1 destination FPC. (In Fusion Link using the FCH card.) 3. The maximum number of the alternative FPCs is 8 for 1 destination FPC.
AFPC : Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory 3. Data Entry Instructions FPC FPC is the unique number allocated to each node. Assign FPC of the final destination node in this parameter.
AFPC : Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory 4.
AETH : Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM AETH: Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM 1. General This command is used to assign/delete routing data in case the data is transferred via external router. 2. Precautions None. 3. Data Entry Instructions USE_GATE 0 = Not use the Gateway function 1 = Use the Gateway function Note DESTINATION FPC (FPC) 1-253 GATEWAY USING FLAG (USE_GATE) 0/1 FCHN Enter the FCH assigned at AFCH command.
AETH : Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM 4.
ACAN : Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Nodes for Local Data Memory ACAN: Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Nodes for Local Data Memory 1. General This command assigns LENS and Fusion Circuit Identification Code (Fusion CIC) numbers on the basis of each Fusion Point Code (FPC). 2. Precautions 1.
ACAN : Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Nodes for Local Data Memory 4.
AFRT : Assignment of FCCH Controlled Connection Route Data for Local Data Memory AFRT: Assignment of FCCH Controlled Connection Route Data for Local Data Memory 1. General This command assigns the connection route controlling connection trunks for each FCCH number. 2. Precautions 1. Before executing this command, confirm that the following assignments have already been completed: (a) The FCCH number has been assigned by the AFCH command. (b) The Connection Route data has been assigned by the ACRD command.
AFRT : Assignment of FCCH Controlled Connection Route Data for Local Data Memory 4.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM AGIP: Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM 1. General This command is used under FGH controlling to assign/delete the IP address allocated to FGH and IP address of the Router dedicated to FGH. 2. Precautions 1. Enter the LENS data of FGH/IPTRK card, and the existing data is displayed by clicking “Get” button if already assigned. If no data has allocated to the input LENS, assign the data like IP address, Net Mask, etc. 2.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected: LENS Enter the Line Equipment Number of IPTRK card. The existing data can be read out by pressing the "Get" button. QoS CO NTROL Select the either, IP Precedence/DiffServ DG_IP Enter the IP address of the router.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected (Continued): RTP PKTLOSS JIT_MAX JIT_MIN MNGS JIT_COUNT BASE_COUNT JIT_FAST RTP Check the “RTP” check box for detail assignment. (Usually default data “0” is set for all the parameters.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (c) When “KIND=IPTRK (FCCS)” is selected: LENS Enter the Line Equipment Number of IPTRK card. The existing data can be read out by pressing the “Get” button. KIND Select “IPTRK (FCCS)”. QoS CONTROL Select the either, IP Precedence/DiffServ DG_IP Enter the IP address of the router.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (d) When “KIND=IPTRK (H.323)” is selected: LENS Enter the Line Equipment Number of IPTRK card. The existing data can be read out by pressing the “Get” button. KIND Select “IPTRK (H.323)”. LINE EQUIPMENT KIND OF NUMBER SELECTION (LENS) (KIND) MG U QoS CONTROL Select the either, IP Precedence/DiffServ QoS 1/2 0-7: When IP Precedence is selected. 0x00-0x3F: When DiffServ is selected. DG_IP Enter the IP address of the router.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet (a) When “KIND=FGH” is selected: LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U G IP VOICE QSIG-PRIME ADDRESS NET MASK FRAME CLIENT/SERVER KIND OF FGH IP CHANNEL LINK FOR OF IP TYPE CONNECTION SELECTION ADDRESS CONTROL NUMBER DEFAULT ADDRESS OF ARP MAX.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected: LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U IP ADDRESS KIND OF IP ADDRESS OF DEFAULT SELECTION OF IPTRK GATEWAY (KIND) (IPTRKIP) (DG_IP) QoS DATA FOR SIGNAL QoS ROUTE CONTROL (QoS 1) 0-7/0x00-0x3F NET MASK OF IP ADDRESS (NETMSK) G QoS DATA FOR SPEECH PATH (QoS 2) 0-7/0x00-0x3F IPTRK (CCIS) KIND OF MULT CONNECTION (MULT) PVC/SVC CHAPTER 4 Page 890 Issue 1 IP ADDRESS OF DESTINATION IPTRK (DSTIP) NETWORK FR
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected (Continued): RTP PKTLOSS JIT_MAX JIT_MIN MNGS JIT_COUNT NDA-24298 BASE_COUNT JIT_FAST TIME_FAST CHAPTER 4 Page 891 Issue 1
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (c) When “KIND=IPTRK (FCCS)” is selected: LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U IP ADDRESS KIND OF IP ADDRESS OF DEFAULT SELECTION OF IPTRK GATEWAY (KIND) (IPTRKIP) (DG_IP) NET MASK OF IP ADDRESS (NETMSK) G QoS DATA FOR SIGNAL QoS ROUTE CONTROL (QoS 1) 0-7/0x00-0x3F QoS DATA FOR SPEECH PATH (QoS 2) 0-7/0x00-0x3F IPTRK (FCCS) NETWORK FRAME CLIENT/SERVER RTP ID TYPE CONNECTION (NETID) OF ARP MAX.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (d) When “KIND=IPTRK (H.323)” is selected: LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U IP ADDRESS KIND OF SELF OF DEFAULT SELECTION IP ADDRESS GATEWAY (KIND) (IPADR) (DG_IP) NET MASK OF IP ADDRESS (NETMSK) G QoS DATA FOR SIGNAL QoS ROUTE CONTROL (QoS 1) 0-7/0x00-0x3F QoS DATA FOR SPEECH PATH (QoS 2) 0-7/0x00-0x3F IPTRK (H.323) PORT H.323 IP NUMBER OF SIGNAL ADDRESS GATE CONTROL OF GATE KEEPER HANDLER KEEPER (GK_PORT) (H.323) (GK_IP) 0-65535 H.
AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM (d) When “KIND=IPTRK (H.
AFIP : Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM AFIP: Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns the Router Access Number for controlling voice channel between PBX and Router. 2. Precautions 1. At the LENS parameter, the information of DTI card used for voice channel is to be assigned. 2. LENS of voice channel must be set on condition that data “2 (=Fusion over IP)” is assigned at CDN16 parameter of ACRD command. 3. Data Entry Instructions FCHNO Enter the number of FCH.
AFIP : Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet FCH NUMBER (FCHN) LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER OF FGH (FGHEN) MG CHAPTER 4 Page 896 Issue 1 U G LV LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER OF QSIG-PRIME Bch (LENS) MG U G NDA-24298 LV ROUTER ACCESS NUMBER (RT_ACC) Max.
ANSDL : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM ANSDL: Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM 1. General This command assigns and deletes Main Station and Sub Station data for Number Sharing service and Dual Station Call. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for the Local Node. 3. Data Entry Instructions LM 0 = Number Sharing 1 = Dual Station Call Note : 1 (Dual Station Call) is valid since Release 5. MAIN USER GROUP NUMBER (M-UGN) MAIN TELEPHONE NUMBER (M-TELN) MAX.
ANSDL : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM 4. Data Sheet (a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet MAIN USER GROUP NUMBER (M-UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 898 Issue 1 MAIN TELEPHONE NUMBER (M-TELN) MAX.
ANSDL : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM (a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet (Continued) SUB TELEPHONE NUMBER MAX.
ANSDN : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM ANSDN: Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns and deletes Main Station and Sub Station data for Number Sharing service and Dual Station Call service. 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for the Network Control Node. 3. Data Entry Instructions LM 0 = Number Sharing 1 = Dual Station Call Note : 1 (Dual Station Call) is valid since Release 5. MAIN USER GROUP NUMBER (M-UGN) MAIN TELEPHONE NUMBER (M-TELN) MAX.
ANSDN : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet (a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet MAIN USER GROUP NUMBER (M-UGN) MAIN TELEPHONE NUMBER (M-TELN) MAX.
ANSDN : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM (a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet (Continued) SUB TELEPHONE NUMBER MAX.
AUIDN : Assignment of User ID data for NDM AUIDN: Assignment of User ID data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign the User ID data such as user name and password for the purpose of logging in to PBX by the MAT. Also, a remote LN is allowed to access to the NCN via the User ID data programmed in AUIDN. Once programming the User ID data, User ID data entry is necessary to login from the next time. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command, NDM block is assigned at SYS1, INDEX514 in ASYDL. 2.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory ASYDN: Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory 1. General This command specifies the system data for the Fusion network. 2. Precautions 1. The data assigned by this command determines the service condition that affects the other nodes in the Fusion network. 2. Data for ASYDN assigned at Network Control Node (NCN) has priority over data for ASYDL assigned at the Local Node (LN) in the Fusion network. 3.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory 3. Data Entry Instructions MDATA The MDATA parameter designates whether your input data in the parameter DATA is valid or not in the Fusion network. Each bit of MDATA is determined as “1” for valid, “0” for invalid. Then, convert it to Hex. to enter the data in the parameter MDATA.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 0 00 Not used ~ ~ BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 -1535 ~ SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) 3 00 Not used DATA 0/1 0 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Control of ORT all Busy Status 0/1 = ROT/Wait for Off-hook Queue b1 Not used b2 b3 Releasing Method for Station-to-Station Calling Service 0 0 = Calling Party release 0 1 = Called Party release 1 0 = First Party release 1 1 = Both Party release Normall
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 -1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS (MDATA) BIT Access Code for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F.-Don’t Answer Services b0 0/1 = Same/Separate Note: b1 b2 If “0” is assigned, assign either SID: 10 or 12 in the ASPA command.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 -1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 1 - digits Station Number b0 0/1 = Out/In Service 2 - digits Station Number b1 0/1 = Out/In Service 3 - digits Station Number b2 0/1 = Out/In Service 4 - digits Station Number 16 b3 0/1 = Out/In Service 5 - digits Station Number b4 0/1 = Out/In Service 6 - digits Station Number b5 0/1 = Out/In Servic
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 -1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS (MDATA) BIT b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 20 Not used Billing Party for a call transferred by Call Forwarding Outside Service Note: b7 When “1’ has been assigned to b7, the Station Number A (Called Party), as shown in the figure below, is provided to the SMDS equipment.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 21 00 Not used 22 00 Not used 23 00 Not used 24 00 Not used 25 00 Not used 26 00 Not used 1 27 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used Immediate Ring Back Tone Sending: 0/1 = Not Required/Required 28 CHAPTER 4 Page 910 Issue 1 00 Not used NDA-24298 (MDATA)
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 29~32 00 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS (MDATA) BIT Not used 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 b3 b4 33 Not used Telephone Subject to Total Billing (when b6 = 1) b4 b3 0 0 = Telephone that called first. 0 1 = Telephone that called last. 1 0 = First telephone after the call has been handled by ATT.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 42 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS BIT b0 Not used b1 Not used b2 Not used b3 Not used b4 Not used b5 Not used b6 Not used SST, SPDT Tone b7 43 00 Not used ~ ~ ~ 0/1 = Continuous/Burst 46 00 Not used b0 0 47 1 b1~b6 b7 48-58 59 Traffic Measurement Indication 0/1 = CCS Indication/Erlang Indication Not used Traffic
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 61-64 00 BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS (MDATA) BIT Not used Maximum Number of Routes 65 1-255 = 01FF Hex. 66 00 Not used 67 00 Not used Operating method for busy station service (Call Back, Executive Right of Way, etc.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS Not used One digit dialing instead of SHF (DP TEL only) b4 0/1 = Not Required/Required 0 70 b5 b6 Not used Announcement Trunks used for Delay Announcement - UCD service (for Fusion Service) 0/1 = Common/Per UCD group b7 Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Executi
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS (MDATA) Not used MW Refresh b2 0/1 = Required/Not Required Note: 77 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 1 b0 When message Waiting Lamp is provided, this data should be assigned “0.
SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 80 00 Not used ~ ~ SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) ~ ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory 90 00 Not used BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 0 b1 b2 b3 91 92~158 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 00 Not used Grades of System Message that can be registered: b3 b2 0 0 = Register All System Message Data 0 1 = Register System Message Data higher than grade 1 (SUP, MN, MJ) 1 0 = Register System Mes
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS (MDATA) BIT 162-169 Not used b0~b3 Not used Timing Start b4 170 0/1 = Not Required/Required b5~b7 171-303 Not used Not used Individual Speed Calling Data Save b0 0/1 = Out/In Service (This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1) Call Forwarding Data Save b1 b2 304 0/1 = Out/In Service (This data
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) 322 00 Not used BIT CORRESPONDING DATA ~ BIT ~ DATA 0/1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS ~ SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) 511 00 Not used 512 00 Not used 513 00 Not used b0 b1 b2 Local Data Memory (LDM) usage. Assign data “1” (the memory block is used) for the corresponding memory block. Note: b3 b4 b5 514 01 Necessary data for the programming commands for NDM.
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) 1 SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS (MDATA) DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0 ALGNN/ALGSN command tenant UGN (User Group Number) table development of Network Data Memory (NDM) 0/1 = Separate/Common b1 ASPAN command tenant table development of Network Data Memory (NDM) 0/1 = Separate/Common b2 ANPDN command tenant table development of Network Data Memory (NDM)
ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory SYSTEM DATA TYPE (SYS) SYSTEM DATA INDEX (INDEX) 0 – 1535 DATA (DATA) 00 – FF (Hex) BIT CORRESPONDING DATA DATA 0/1 BIT 0 b0~b2 b3 804 b4~b7 805-863 (MDATA) Not used. The number of digit for Internal Zone Paging group ID 0/1 = 2 digits/3 digits Not used. Not used. 0 b0~b2 b3 864 1 SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS 0 b4~b7 Not used. Multiple ACDP 0/1 = Out of service/In service Not used. Not used.
AFMU : Assignment of FPC, MG and UNIT for Network Data Memory AFMU: Assignment of FPC, MG and UNIT for Network Data Memory 1. General This command allocates the Network ID (NID) that is the unique location number in the Fusion Network. 2. Precautions 1. NID allocation is required for the Fusion network only. 2. For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual. 3. Data Entry Instructions FPC FPC is the unique number allocated to each node.
AFMU : Assignment of FPC, MG and UNIT for Network Data Memory 4.
ALRTN : Assignment of Logical Route for Network Data Memory ALRTN: Assignment of Logical Route for Network Data Memory 1. General This command allocates the Logical Route Number that is the unique number of the external trunk route in the Fusion network. 2. Precautions 1. Logical Route Number allocation is required for the Fusion network only. 2.
ALRTN : Assignment of Logical Route for Network Data Memory 4.
ANPDN : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Network Data Memory ANPDN: Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Network Data Memory 1. General This command assigns the minimum number of digits needed to determine the service (Telephone Number) that is required by the first digit received (pre-translation). The data assigned with this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1.
ANPDN : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Network Data Memory 4.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM ASPAN: Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM 1. General This command assigns the numbering plan data of the Network Control Node (NCN). The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. This command is used for the Business/Hotel (for Admin. station only) Application. 2.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE CONNECTION STATUS (ACC) INDEX MAX. 6 DIGITS (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SRV ACC Access code (Max.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM Table 4-30 SID (ASPAN) SID SERVICE NAME SID SERVICE NAME 1 Call Hold 2 Dial Access to Attendant (Operator Call) 35* Call Pickup - Direct 3 Call Back; Entry/ Camp on By Station 36 Hotel Service 4 Executive Right of Way 37* Priority Call 1 5 Call Waiting - Originating 38* Priority Call 2 6 Call Back; Cancel 39* Priority Call 3 7 Call Pickup - Group 40 - 8* Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding - All Calls (for trunk)
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM Note 3: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID36 (Hotel Service) is assigned STATE (Hotel Service Code) SERVICE INDEX (SID) 1-63 36 STATE 1 2 3 4 5-8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21-24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56-62 63 To be cleaned without ID code Cleaning Completed without ID code Ready for Occupancy without ID code Use Not Allowed without ID code Maid Dial Answer Back without ID co
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM Note 4: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID 56 (Floor Service) is assigned SERVICE INDEX (SID) 1-63 56 NO.1 NO.1 (Kind of Assignment Number) Available numbers are 0-15. This data is used to assign Floor Service data by the ASPF command. Note: When programming Floor Service data, ASYD SYS1 INDEX 165, bit7=1 must have been assigned. Note 5: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID 57 (Split Access) is assigned SERVICE INDEX (SID) 1-63 57 KIND NO.2 NO.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM When SRV=SSCA (Service code appendix) is assigned: NND NND appears when SIDA = 97 (Call Hold Conference). The number of digits for an access code should be assigned in NND.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM When SRV=OGC (Outgoing call) is assigned LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) When SRV = OGCA (Outgoing call with route advance) is assigned CNT (1-15) LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT) 1 2 3 CNT CNT is the route advance order.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM When SRV=ANNC (Announcement service) is assigned ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER (EQP) 0-127 EQP Assign the announce equipment number. See Table 4-6. When SRV=ANNCM (Announcement service-Multiple announcement) is assigned TN Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk. TENANT NUMBER ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER (TN) 1-63 (EQP) 122-125 EQP Assign the announcement equipment number with a range from 122 to 125 (Multi announcement).
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM 4. Data Sheet (a) Service code (SRV = SSC) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 SSC 1 Call Hold SSC 2 Dial Access to Attendant (Operator Call) Note 4 SSC 3 SSC 4 Executive Right of Way SSC 5 Call Waiting – Originating N Normal SSC 6 Call Back; Cancel N Normal SSC 7 Call Pickup – Group N Normal SSC 8 C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) Note 1, Note 2 SERVICE CONTENTS B Busy SSC 19 OG Trunk Queuing; Entry N Normal SSC 20 OG Trunk Queuing; Cancel N Normal SSC 21 Speed Calling – Station, Group; Access ~ 22 Not used 27 N Normal SSC 28 Call Forwarding I’m
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) MAID ACCESS CODE SERVICE CONNECTION KIND OF STATUS (ACC) INDEX STATUS INDEX SERVICE (STATE) MAXIMUM (SID) (CI) N/H/B (SRV) 1 – 63 6 DIGITS 1 – 63 SERVICE CONTENTS 1 To be cleaned without ID Code 2 Cleaned without ID Code 3 Ready for Occupancy without ID Code 4 Use Not Allowed without ID Code 5 ~ TENANT NUMBER (TN) Not used 8 N Normal SSC 9 Maid Dial Answer Back without ID Code-1 10 Maid Dial Answ
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) MAID ACCESS CODE SERVICE CONNECTION KIND OF STATUS (ACC) INDEX STATUS INDEX SERVICE (STATE) MAXIMUM (SID) (CI) N/H/B (SRV) 1 – 63 6 DIGITS 1 – 63 SERVICE CONTENTS ~ 21 Not used 24 N Normal SSC 25 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-1 26 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-2 27 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-3 28 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID Code-4 29 Maid Dial Answer Back with
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) MAID ACCESS CODE SERVICE CONNECTION KIND OF STATUS (ACC) INDEX STATUS INDEX SERVICE (STATE) MAXIMUM (SID) (CI) N/H/B (SRV) 1 – 63 6 DIGITS 1 – 63 N Normal SSC 36 SERVICE CONTENTS 40 Alert Service Start (Hotel ATT) 41 Alert Service Stop (Hotel ATT) 42 Guest Service Telephone Screen Initialization 43 Guest Service Telephone Guest Room Information Retrieval 44 Direct Data Entry – STA 45 Alert Service St
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SID) 1–63 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS (NND) Note SERVICE CONTENTS 47 Not used N Normal SSC 48 Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-Up; Entry N Normal SSC 49 Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-Up; Cancel ~ 50 Not used 55 SSC 56 Floor Service N Normal SSC 57 Split Access (Sa
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE CONNECTION KIND OF SERVICE (ACC) STATUS INDEX SERVICE INDEX MAXIMUM (CI) N/H/B (SRV) (SID) 6 DIGITS SERVICE INDEX NUMBER (No.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued) Note: Split Access (Same Number Access) (SID = 57) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B N CHAPTER 4 Page 942 Issue 1 Normal KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE INDEX (SID) SSC 57 NDA-24298 ASSIGN NUMBER (No.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (b) Service code Appendix (SRV = SSCA) CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H/B KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) SERVICE FEATURE INDEX (SIDA) 1 – 255 SERVICE CONTENTS ~ 1 Not used 40 H Hooking B Busy H Hooking SSCA 41 Voice Call SSCA 42 Message Reminder (Dterm) 43 ~ ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS Not used 45 N Normal SSCA 46 Line Load Control from ATTCON; Entry N Normal SSCA 47 Line Load Control from ATTCON; Cancel N Normal H Hooking
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (b) Service code Appendix (SRV = SSCA) (Continued) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS SERVICE CONNECTION NECESSARY KIND OF FEATURE STATUS DIGIT SERVICE INDEX INDEX (NND) (SRV) (SIDA) (CI) N/H/B 1-6 1 – 255 N Normal SSCA 68 SERVICE CONTENTS Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel Recording: Retrieve ~ 69 Not used 84 N Normal SSCA 85 Pad Lock; Cancel N Normal SSCA 86 C.F.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (c) Outgoing Call (SRV = OGC) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hook
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (d) Outgoing Call With Route Advance (SRV = OGCA) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking CHAPTER 4 Page 946 Issue 1 LOGICA
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (e) Least Cost Routing (SRV = LCR) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (f) Register Sender LCR (SRV = LCRS) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CHAPTER 4 Page 948 Issue 1 CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Nor
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (g) Announcement Service (SRV = ANNC) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (h) Announcement Service-Multiple Announcement (SRV = ANNCM) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 950 Issue 1 ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAX.
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (i) TENANT NUMBER (TN) Paging Answer (SRV = PAGA) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H N H Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking Normal Hooking KIND OF SERVICE (SRV) ROUTE NUMBER (RT) REMARKS
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (j) TENANT NUMBER (TN) CHAPTER 4 Page 952 Issue 1 Paging Cancel (SRV = PAGC) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) 1/2 H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal N Hooking H Normal
ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM (k) Telephone Number (SRV = TELN) TENANT NUMBER (TN) ACCESS CODE (ACC) MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS CONNECTION STATUS INDEX (CI) N/H N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking N Normal H Hooking KIND OF SERVIC
ALGNN : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM ALGNN: Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the individual attendant identification number for Fusion service. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.
ALGNN : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM ALGSN: Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM 1. General This command assigns the related data of the Telephone Number (TELN) corresponding to the physical station. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN). 2. Precautions 1. The ALGSN command is used to assign the Telephone Number (TELN) for a Network Control Node (NCN). 2.
ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions When assigning TYPE = 1 (LENS is used to specify the Telephone number) TYPE LENS 1 = LENS is used to specify the Telephone number 2 = STN is used to specify the Telephone number TYPE 1/2 USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) 1 1 1 1 LENS of the physical station LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet (a) LENS is used to specify the Telephone number (TYPE = 1) TYPE USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHAPTER 4 Page 958 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM (b) STN is used to specify the Telephone number (TYPE = 2) TYPE USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM ATSTN: Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM 1. General This command assigns both Telephone Number (TELN) and Physical Station Number. As the function of ALGSN and ASDT commands are combined to this command, Physical Station Number can be assigned at the same time when assigning the Telephone Number. If the Telephone Number is deleted, the allocated Station Number can also be deleted.
ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions FPC Fusion Point Code of designated Telephone Number. FPC is assigned by the AFMU command. UGN Fixed to 1. USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX. 16 DIGITS FUSION POINT CODE TENANT NUMBER STATION NUMBER (FPC) (STN) (TN) 1-253 TELN Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned. LENS LENS of the physical station LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U G LV TN Tenant number of the physical station.
ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 962 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U G TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT CLASS (TEC) 1-31 ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC) 0-15 SERVICE FEATURE CLASS (SFC) 0-15 LV NDA-24298 CHAPTER 4 Page 963 Issue 1
APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM APLNN: Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM 1. General This command changes the existing station data allocated to each TELN (Telephone number) such as FPC, LENS, Tenant Number, and Station. 2. Precautions 1. This command can be used only when logging in to the NCN (Network Control Node). 2. This command is used for business service only. (Not available for Hotel system and PCS stations.) 3.
APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions (a) When “TYPE=LENS” is selected TELN Enter the desired Telephone Number for the station data to be changed. When the "Get" button is pressed, the existing station data allocated to the designated Telephone Number is readout. TYPE Select the input type whether the new station is determined by LENS or Station Number.
APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM 4.
APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM INPUT TYPE (TYPE) NEW FUSION POINT CODE (NEW FPC) 1-253 NEW LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (NEW LENS) NDA-24298 REMARKS CHAPTER 4 Page 967 Issue 1
APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM (b) When “TYPE=STN” is selected USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 968 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) NOW FUSION POINT CODE (OLD FPC) 1-253 NDA-24298 NOW LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (OLD LENS) NOW TENANT NUMBER (OLD TN) NOW STATION NUMBER (OLD STN)
APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM INPUT TYPE (TYPE) NEW FUSION POINT CODE (NEW FPC) 1-253 NEW TENANT NUMBER (NEW TN) NDA-24298 NEW STATION NUMBER (NEW STN) REMARKS CHAPTER 4 Page 969 Issue 1
ATDF : Assignment of Time Difference Data ATDF: Assignment of Time Difference Data 1. General This command is required when there is time difference within the Fusion link. The difference of time between nodes and the UCT (Universal Coordinated Time) are written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN) by using this command. 2. Precautions 1. When SIGN = “0,” HOUR and MINUTE are not available. Therefore, if SIGN = “0,” the data is deleted. 2.
ATDF : Assignment of Time Difference Data 4.
AMWF : Assignment of Message Waiting Remote FPC for LDM AMWF: Assignment of Message Waiting Remote FPC for LDM 1. General This command assigns the Fusion Point Code (FPC) of Remote nodes in the Fusion Network for Message Waiting control. 2. Precautions 1. This data is necessary at the center node having Message Center Interface. 3. Data Entry Instructions REMOTE FPC Enter FPC of Remote node to each CNT.
AMWF : Assignment of Message Waiting Remote FPC for LDM 4.
AFRFL : Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM AFRFL: Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM 1. General This command assigns the alternative route data via C.O. or tie line in case all the connection trunks are busy or FCCS link failure (Layer 2 down) has occurred. 2. Precautions 1. Prior to this command assignment, the following data should be set. (a) The numbering plan data for the route to be designated here. (b) The station-to-station calling activated via FCCS is allowed.
AFRFL : Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM 4. Data Sheet TN ACC MAX.
AFUGN : Assignment of EX-FCCS Fusion Group Data for NDM AFUGN: Assignment of EX-FCCS Fusion Group Data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign and read the data related to Fusion Group Number in multiple FCCS networks connected via CCIS link. 2. Precautions 1. One Fusion Group Number cannot be allocated to some Fusion Groups in duplicate. 2. When other than number “0” is entered to CON_FUG, “0” cannot be entered to the corresponding NCN_FPC. 3.
AFUGN : Assignment of EX-FCCS Fusion Group Data for NDM 4.
AEXFN : Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM AEXFN: Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign, delete and read out the Point Code data for connecting to each FPC in one Fusion Group (FUG) within multiple FCCS networks connected via CCIS link. 2. Precautions 1. This command is not valid when the Self Fusion Group Number has not been allocated by the AFUGN command. 2. Self Fusion Group Number cannot be entered in FUG parameter. 3.
AEXFN : Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM 4.
AEADN : Assignment of EX-FCCS ADC Data for NDM AEADN: Assignment of EX-FCCS ADC Data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign, delete and read Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC) for connected Fusion Group (FUG) within multiple FCCS networks via CCIS link. 2. Precautions 1. This command is not valid when the Self Fusion Group Number has not been assigned by the AFUGN command. 2. Self Fusion Group Number cannot be assigned at this command. 3.
AEADN : Assignment of EX-FCCS ADC Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet FUSION GROUP NUMBER (FUG) 1-4 TENANT NUMBER (TN) ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE (ADC) MAX.
AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM AELGN: Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM 1. General This command is used to assign, delete and read Telephone Number data in multiple FCCS networks connected via CCIS link. When assigning the data logging in to the NCN of Center FUG by using this command, the data in NDM of all the LNs in Self FUG and NCN/LN in other FUGs are updated simultaneously. 2. Precautions 1.
AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM 3. Data Entry Instructions SYSTEM Check either of the check box depending on the system type, NEAX2400 IMX 1/4/16-IMG system or NEAX2400 IVS2 system. UGN Fixed to “1”. USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX. 8 DIGITS SYSTEM TYPE (SYSTEM) IMX/IVS2 FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 TN* Enter the Tenant Number when “STN” is checked in “TYPE” parameter.
AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM 4. Data Sheet USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN) CHAPTER 4 Page 984 Issue 1 TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN) MAX.
AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER (LENS) MG U G TENANT NUMBER (TN) STATION NUMBER (STN) MAX.
This page is for your notes.